CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMP STATION 55 REHABILITATION CONTRACT NUMBER 01-0036-UT�
Q
} ���� ��
�
U
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
/:��I 1�
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
for
PUMP STATION 55
REHABILITATION
Contract Number 01-0036-UT
Prepared By
�
�
� Fr o u P
TBE Project Number: 00083-072-00
November 2004
.
�
�
,
MODIFICA'Y'I�N�' TO PUMP STATION 55
TABLE 4F CONTENTS
SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ........................................................IB-1
2.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ................................................................ IB-1
3.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................. IB-2
4.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA .....................................................IB-3
5.0 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND ................................................................. IB-3
6.0 CONTRACT TIME ....................................................................................... IB-4
7.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .......................................................................... IB-4
8.0 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ........................................ IB-4
9.0 SUBCONTRACTORS .................................................................................. IB-4
10.0 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ............................................................................... IB-5
11.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ............................................................................... IB-5
12.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ................................... IB-6
13.0 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................. IB-6
14.0 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER ............................................................ IB-6
15.0 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................IB-6
16.0 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................... IB-7
17.0 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE .............. IB-7
18.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................ IB-8
19.0 BID PROTEST .............................................................................................. IB-8
20.0 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ............................................................................ IB-10
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
DEFINITIONS :............................................................................................ GC-1
PRELIMINARY MATTERS ....................................................................... GC-4
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ...................................................... GC-5
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ..................................................... GC-6
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TOC.doc TOC-1 November 2004
.
�
�
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
MODIFICATIQNS TO PUIVIP STATION 55
BONDSAND INSURANCE ...................................................................... GC-8
CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................. GC-12
OTHERWORK ......................................................................................... GC-24
OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY ................................................................ GC-24
ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ......................:..... GC-24
CHANGESIN THE WORK ..................................................................... GC-27
CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................ GC-28
CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME ................................................. GC-30
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................... GC-31
PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ....................... GG34
SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................. GC-38
DISPUTERESOLUTION ......................................................................... GC-40
MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................................. GC-40
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SG1
SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK
1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..................................... 1
1.02 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY AND RECORD DR.AWINGS ........................... 1
1.03 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL ........................................................ 2
1.04 HOUSEKEEPING BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ............................... 2
1.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ............................................................................ 3
1.06 PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY ................................................................... 3
1.07 CLEAN UP ......................................................................................................... 3
1.08 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVEI�IIENCE ....................................................... 4
1.09 SAFETY AND OSHA COMPLIANCE ............................................................. 4
1.10 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES ............................................................ 4
SECTION 01020 CONTINGENCY
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-2 November 2004
MODIFICATION� TO PUMP STATIaN 55
� 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .........................................................
1.03 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE ....................................................
3.01 GENERAL .........................................................................................
�
�
.......... 1
.......... 1
SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.01 EXPLANATION AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................. 1
1.02 PAYlV1ENT ......................................................................................................... 1
3.01 MOBILIZATION - Bid Item No. 1 .................:.................................................. 2
3.02 MODIFICATIONS TO PUMP STATION 55 - Bid Item No. 2 ....................... 2
3.03 LTNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL — Bid Item No. 3 ............................. 3
3.04 ADDITIONAL SELECT FILL MATERIAL — Bid Item No. 4 ......................... 4
3.05 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE — Bid Item No. 5 ......................................... 4
3.06 CONTINGENCY - Bid Item No. 6 .................................................................... 5
SECTION 01046 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURES, PIPING, AND
EQUIPMENT
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................. 1
3 .O 1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................... ... 1
3.02 CLEANING EXISTING STRUCTURES .......................................................... 2
SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING
1.01 REQUIltE1V1ENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF SURVEYOR OR ENGINEER ................................... 1
1.04 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS ...................................................................... 1
1.05 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................... 2
1.06 RECORDS .......................................................................................................... 2
1.07 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 2
SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS
1.01 REQUIRElVIENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 QUALITY ASSUR.ANCE .................................................................................. 1
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS, NAMES, AND ADDRESSES OR ORGANIZATIONS . 1
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-3 November 2004
MODI�'ICA�i'IONS T'O P�J10�IP STATION 55
� SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
1.01 REQUIIZEMENTS INCLUDED .........................................
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ...........................................
1.03 FORM OF SCHEDULES ....................................................
1.04 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES .............................................
1.05 PROGRESS REVISIONS ...................................................
1.06 SUBMISSIONS ...................................................................
1.07 DISTRIBUTION ..................................................................
�
�
.......................... 1
.......................... 1
.......................... 1
.......................... 1
.......................... 2
.......................... 2
.......................... 3
SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
1.01 REQUIRElVIENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIlZEMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 SHOP DR.AWINGS .................................................................................:.......... 1
1.04 PRODUCT DATA .............................................................................................. 1
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................. 2
1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... 2
1.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................... 3
1.08 ENGINEER'S DUTIES ...................................................................................... 3
SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES ................................. 1
1.04 SUBSCHEDULE OF UI�TIT MATERIAL VALUES ......................................... 2
SECTION 01390 PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHY
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................. 1
1.02 QUALIFICATIONS ........................................................................................... 1
2.01 TAPE ................................................................................................................... 1
3.01 VIDEO TAPING ................................................................................................ 1
3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ................................................... 2
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TOC.doc TOC-4 November 2004
MODIFICATIONS TO PUNIP ST�TION 55
• SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY ................ 1
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES .......................................................... 1
3.01 PAYMENT ......................................................................................................... 2
�
�
SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 REQUIltEMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ....................................... 1
2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................. 1
2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING ........................................... 1
2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION ................................................... 1
2.04 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE .......................................................... 2
2.05 TEMPORARY WATER ..................................................................................... 2
2.06 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES ........................................................ 3
2.07 TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD AND PARKING ........................................... 3
2.08 TEIvIPORARY CONTROLS .............................................................................. 3
3 .O 1 GENERAL ............................................................................ .............................. 6
3.02 REMOVAL .........................................................................................................6
SECTION 01570 TRAFFIC CONTROL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED .................................
� �'�
....................................... 1
....................... 1
1
1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLP�N ......................................
1.04 TR.AFFIC SIGNALS AND SIGNS .............................
1.05 FLAGMEN ..................................................................
1.06 FLARES AND LIGHTS ..............................................
1.07 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL ................
1.08 CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES ..................................
1.09 ROAD CLOSURES .....................................................
.......................................
....................................... 1
....................................... 2
....................................... 2
....................................... 2
....................................... 2
...........................:........... 2
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�F'inalPS\TOC.doc TOC-5 November 2004
MODIFICA'TIOPdS TO PI7NSP S'�'ATION 55
• SECTION 01600 MATERIAI. AND Ed�bTIPMEi°+T1
1.01 REQUIREMENTS IIJCLUDEI7 ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 PRODUCTS ........................................................................................................1
1.04 WORKMANSHIP .............................................................................................. 1
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................... 2
1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ......................................................... 2
1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ....................................................................... 2
�
.
SECTION 01650 STARTING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ..........................
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ............................
1.03 START-UP PROCEDURES ................................
..................................
SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ................................
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ..............................
1.03 FINAL INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION ........
1.04 FINAL CLEANING ...................................................
1.05 CONTR.ACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ......
1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS .................
... 1
... 1
... 1
..................................... 1
..................................... 1
..................................... 2
..................................... 2
..................................... 2
..................................... 3
SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.01 REQUIltEMENTS INCLUDED ........................................................................ 1
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................... 1
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................. 1
1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................. 1
1.05 CONTENT OF MANUAL ................................................................................. 2
1.06 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .............................................. 3
1.07 MANUAL FOR EQiJIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................. 3
1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE ................................................................................ 5
1.09 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ................................................. 5
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-6 November 2004
1110DIFICA'�I�NS TO PUIVIP STATION 55
� SECTION 02050 BUILI?�NG DEMOI..YTION
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 RELATED WORK ............................................................................................. 1
1.03 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 1
1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS ................................................................................. 1
3 .O 1 PREPARATIONS ............................................................................................... 2
3.02 EXECUTION .........................................:............................................................2
SECTION 02220 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED .....................................•--................................................... 1
1.02 QUALITY AS SURANCE .................................................................................. 1
3.01 PREPARATION ................................................................................................. 2
3 .02 PERFORMANCE ............................................................................................... 2
SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
� 1.02 RELATED WORK ............................................................................................. 1
1.03 SITE COMPACTION TESTING ....................................................................... 1
1.04 PROTECTION ....................................................................................................1
3.O 1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT ...................................................................... 2
3.02 UTILITIES ..........................................................................................................2
3.03 TRENCHING ..................................................................................................... 3
3.04 DEWATERING .......................................................................................:..........3
3.05 BACKFII.,LING ..................................................................................................3
SECTION 02531 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
1.01 MAN�UFACTURE .............................................................................................. 1
1.02 TEST METHODS ............................................................................................... 1
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL ....................................................................................... 1
1.04 CERTIFICATIONS ............................................................................................ 1
2.01 RESINS ...............................................................................................................2
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS .......................................................................... 2
� 2.03 INTERIOR SURFACING MATERIAL ............................................................. 2
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-7 November 2004
�
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
3.01
3.02
3.03
MODIFICATIONS TO PUMP �TATION 55
WALL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDiJRE ........................................................ 2
F,XTERIOR SURFACE ...................................................................................... 2
STUBOUTS AND CONIVECTIONS ................................................................. 3
MANHOLEBOTTOM ....................................................................................... 3
FIBERGLASS ENCLOSED INVERT AND BENCH AREA ........................... 3
HEIGHTADNSTMENT .................................................................................. 3
FILLERSAND ADDITNES ............................................................................. 3
REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................. 3
PHYSICALPROPERTIES ................................................................................ 5
MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION ............................................................... 5
SHIPPINGAND HANDLING ........................................................................... 5
CONCRETE....................................................................................................... 5
BACKFILL......................................................................................................... 6
SECTION 02532 FIBERGLASS WETWELL OR LIFT STATION
2.01 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................... 1
2.02 FABRICATION ..................................................................................................2
� 2.03 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... 3
2.04 TEST METHODS ............................................................................................... 3
3.01 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 4
.
SECTION 02574 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
1.01 WORK INCLUDED .......................................................
2.01 MATERIALS ..................................................................
3.01 PREPAR.ATION .............................................................
3 02 PERFORMANCE
. .....................................................................................
.......... 1
.......... 1
.......... 2
.......... 2
SECTION 02934 SODDING
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 1
2.01 GR.ASS SOD ....................................................................................................... 1
2.02 FERTILIZER ...................................................................................................... 1
2.03 WATER FOR GRASSING ................................................................................. 1
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TOC.doc TOC-8 November 2004
�
3.01
3.02
3.03
3.04
3.05
MODIFICATIONS TID PUMP STATION 55
PREPARATION OF GROUND ..................................
APPLICATIUN OF FERTILIZER ..............................
PLACINGSOD ...........................................................
WATERING................................................................
MAINTENANCE......:.................................................
...................................... 2
...................................... 2
...................................... 2
...................................... 3
...................................... 3
SECTION 03300 CONCRETE
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 1
2.01 MATERIALS ................................:..................................................................... 1
2.02 CLASS]FICATION AND STRENGTH OF CONCRETE ................................ 4
2.03 PROPERTIES AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX ....................................... 4
3.01 PREPARATION ................................................................................................. 5
3.02 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 5
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ........................................................................... 9
� SECTION 03600 GROUT
" lAl WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 1
1.03 DELNERY AND STORAGE ........................................................................... 1
2.01 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................1
3.01 PREPARATION ................................................................................................. 1
3.02 INSTALLATION ...........................................................:................................... 2
�J
SECTION 09910 EXISTING MANHOLE REHABILITATION
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 1
1.03 QUALI'TY ASSURANCE .................................................................................. 1
1.04 REPAIR MATERIALS ...................................................................................... 1
1.05 PROTECTNE COATING APPLICATION EQUIPMENT .............................. 2
1.06 SURFACE PREPARATION .............................................................................. 2
1.07 APPLICATION OF PROTECTNE COATING ................................................ 2
1.08 TESTING AND INSPECTION .......................................................................... 3
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-9 November 2004
MODIFICATIONS TO PUMP STATION 55
� SECTION 15050 PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 1
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .........................................:.......... 1
2A1PIPE .................................................................................................................... 1
2.02 FITTINGS AND VALVES ................................................................................ 3
3.01 INSPECTION ..................................................................................................... 8
3.02 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 8
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ......................................................................... 13
SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 REQU]REMENTS ..............................................................................................1
1.02 PROPRIETARY NAMES ...................................................................:.............. 1
1.03 SHOP DR.AWINGS ............................................................................................ 1
1.04 CODES ............................................................................................................... 2
. 1.OS GUARANTEE .................................................................................................... 2
1.06 FEES, PERMITS AND TESTS .......................................................................... 3
1.07 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND OPENINGS ........................................................... 3
1.08 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL .................................................................... 4
1.09 SUPERVISION AND WORI�MANSHIP .......................................................... 4
1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS ...................................................................................... 4
1.11 1NSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................................ 4
�
SECTION 16004 RACEWAYS (CONDUITS)
1.01 SCOPE ................................................................................................................ 1
2.01 RIGID NON-METALLIC FITTINGS ............................................................... 1
2.02 METALLIC CONDIJIT AND FITTINGS ......................................................... 1
2.03 FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDiJIT ................................................................. 1
2.04 Auxiliary Gutter and Wireways ................................................................:......... 2
3.01 1NSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 2
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�F'ina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-10 November 2004
MODIFICATiONS TO PUMP S'I'A'TION 5S
• SECTION 16005 WIRES AND CABLES (CONDUCTORS)
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED .............................
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS ..................................
2.01 MATERIALS ...........................................................
2.02 JUNCTIONS ............................................................
2.03 CORDS/CABLES ....................................................
3.01 INSTALLATION ....................................................
�
SECTION 16006 BOXES
1.01 SCOPE .........................................
1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS .......
2.01 MANUFACTURED iJNITS .......
3.01 INSTALLATION ........................
...................................:.. 1
...................................... 1
...................................... 1
...................................... 2
...................................... 2
...................................... 2
................................................. ........... 1
................................................................ 1
................................................................ 1
................................................................ 2
SECTION 16010 DISCONNECTS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .................................................................................. 1
2.01 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ....................................................................................... 1
2.02 PHASE MONITOR RELAYS ............................................................................ 1
2.03 PLUG FUSES ..................................................................................................... 1
2.04 CARTRIDGE FUSES ......................................................................................... 1
2.05 SPARE FUSES ................................................................................................... 2
2.06 SAFETY SWITCHES ........................................................................................ 2
3.01 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 2
SECTION 16011 CABINETS AND CONTROL PANELS
1.01 SCOPE ..........................................................................
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS .......................................
1.03 ALTERNATNES ...............................................
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ..................................
1.05 SUBMITTALS ...................................................
2 O1 MATERIALS
................................. 1
................................. 1
................................. 1
................................. 1
................................. 1
2
. ......................................................................................................
2.02 MANUFACTURED U1�1ITS .............................................................................. 2
• 3.01 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 3
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TOC.doc TOG11 November 2004
MOBIFICA'�'IOI�iS TO PUMP STATION 55
� 3.02 GLTIDELINES ........................................................... ... 3
...................................... .
SECTION 16012 SUPPORTII�IG DEVICES
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS. National Electrical Code . ................................. 1
2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS ...................................................................................... 1
2.02 CHANNEL SUPPORTS ..................................................................................... 1
2.03 ANCHOR METHODS ....................................................................................... 2
3.01 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 2
SECTION 16013 GROUNDING AND BONDING
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ...........................................................
1.02 SYSTEM GROUNDING ....................................................
1.03 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING ............................................
1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES.......
1 05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
............................ 1
............................ 1
............................ 1
................... ...... 1
. ............................................................................. 1
• 1.06 TESTS ................................................................................................................. 2
2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEM ...................................................................................: 2
3.01 POWER SYSTEM GROUNDING ..................................................................... 2
SECTION 16051 ELECTRICAL WORK - WASTEWATER PUMPING STATION
1.01 WORK INCLUDED ........................................................................................... 1
1.02 QUALITY ASSUR.ANCE .................................................................................. 1
1.03 SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................... 2
1.04 GUAR.ANTEE .................................................................................................... 2
2.01 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................... 2
2.02 PUMPING STATION CONTROLS .................................................................. 4
2.03 PUMP CONTROL/TELEMETRY SYSTEM .................................................... 5
3.01 INSTALLATION ............................................................................................... 8
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ........................................................................... 9
SECTION V CONTRACT FORMS
� CONTR.ACT BOND ..................................................................................................... CF-1
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TOC.doc TOC-12 November 2004
MODIFICATIONS TO PUNiP STA�'ION ��
� CONTRACT ................................................................................................................. CF-3
CONTR.ACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORATION FORM) ........................................................................................... CF-6
PROPOSALBOND ...................................................................................................... CF-7
AFFIDAVIT.................................................................................................................. CF-8
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ............................................................................... CF-9
PROPOSAL................................................................................................................ CF-10
ADDENDUMSHEET ................................................................................................ CF-13
PROPOSAL(4) .......................................................................................................... CF-14
�
�
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TOC.doc TOC-13 November 2004
�
►__I
•
MODIFICATIONS TO PUMP STA7CION 55
PLANS
Sheet No.
Description
G-1 .......................................y..........................................................COVER SHEET
G-2 ............................................................................................ GENERAL NOTES
G-3 ..................................................................LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS
G-4 ......................................................................EROSION CONTROL DETAILS
G-5 ..... EROSION CONTROL DETAILS AND TREE PROTECTION DETAILS
PS-1 to PS-4 ....................................................................PUMP STATION PLANS
D-1 TO D-3 .............................................................MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
E1 TO E7 ............................................................................ ELECTRICAL PLANS
TBE Group, Inc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TOC.doc TOC-14 November 2004
�
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
PUMP STATION 55 REHABILITATION
CONTRACT NO.Ol-0036-UT
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the Municipal Services Bldg., Public Works Administration
Office, 2°d Floor, 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. Monday thru Friday, ON ��,�, ��� ��4, until no later than close
of business three days preceding the bid opening. A charge of $ COST OF PLANS,
none of which will be refunded, will be made for each set.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of the modifications to Pump Station 55.
A Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference has been scheduled for all prospective bidders to be held
on WEDNESDAY, ��� ' � �� �� ' ��� � � � A.M. at the Municipal Services Building
100 South Myrtle Avenue, First Floor, Human Resources Training Room #130 Clearwater,
• FL. Representatives of the Owner and Engineer will be present to discuss the project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Mana�, at the Purchasin Office, located
at the Municipal Services BuildinQ, 100 South Mvrtle Avenue, 3`d Floor Clearwater Florida
33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on TUESDAY, APRIL 30, 2004, and publicly opened and read at
that hour and place for PUMP STATION 55 REHABILITATION (O1-0036-UT).
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form,
affidavits and proposal form is available only to City pre-qualified contractors in the construction
category of SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATIONS with a minimum pre-qualification
amount of
$550,000.
Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be interested as a possible
subcontractor, supplier, etc., may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans,
specifications, and pay items worksheet.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to rej ect any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
William B. Horne II, City Manager
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion I Advertisement for Bids & Notice to Contractors
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinaIPS�FE.doc AB-1 November 2004
•
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the
Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount
represents reproduction costs and is non-refunda.ble. A complete bidders package
containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and
bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers,
or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor,
supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package
consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the
City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from
the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms,
does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a
� license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
u
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete
satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities,
equipment, ability, fmancial resources and experience to perform the work in a
satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract
documents. An application package for pre-qualification may be obtained by
contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services
Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100
South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by
phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to
the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days
prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the
City do not have to make reapplication.
2.2 Bidders are advised that the City will require that the General Contractor specialize
in the rehabilitation and installation of sanitary pump stations. Key personnel shall
have at least five years experience in construction of sanitary manholes, wetwells,
valve vaults and all ancillary items including control panels.
TBE Groua, Inc. Secrion II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS�FE.doc IB-1 November 2004
�
l_ �/
�
3.0 EXAMINATION OF C�OIeTTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility oi each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the
Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local
conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing
of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's
observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts,
errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for
identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at
the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract
Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in
such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained
therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construcrion.
In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and
subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to
the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract
Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in
such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or
construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and
data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or
others, and the City does not asstune responsibility for the accuracy or completeness
thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions conceming responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to
prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical
conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due
to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain
any additional examinations, investigarions, explorations, tests and studies and
obtain any additional inforrnation and data which pertain to the physical conditions
(surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or
otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in
accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct
such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary
for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site
to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
TBE Group, Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�F'ina1PS�F'E.doc IB-2 November 2004
, 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the
Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All adclitional lands and access
thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures
or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the
City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder
that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders
and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and fumishing the
Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the
Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and
detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of
performance and furnishing of the work.
4.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be
directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by
the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail
# or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as
having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days
prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information
provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations
of clarifications will be without legal effect.
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable
by the City or Engineer.
5.0 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of
Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid
price and in the form of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form
attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A
cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has
executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance
bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be retumed. If the Successful Bidder fails to
execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10)
days after the award of contract by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid
� and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder
TBE Group Inc Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS�FE.doc IB-3 November 2004
� whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be
retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the
successful Bidder or for a penod up to runety (90) days followmg bid opemng.
Security of other'�idders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the
bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety
company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of
Florida.
6.0 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed
is as stated in the Supplemental Conditions.
7.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8.0 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in
the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
� substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified
in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used,
application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the
effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such
application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the
Technical Specifications.
9.0 SUBCONTRACTORS
91 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the
Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects
and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and
organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The
amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifly percent (50%) of the Work except
as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due
investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier,
other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract
Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an
acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Tune. If the
Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the
contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use
� acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion II Instrucrions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS�FE.doc IB-4 November 2004
� Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing
the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other
person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engmeer does not
make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City
Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance a$er the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the
General Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable obj ection.
10.0 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be
completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be
completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals
without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the
work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all
items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for
furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as
per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or
amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are
exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work,
� the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of
incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a
Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of
that person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships sha11 be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
general pariner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address
of the partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and sha11 be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the
bid documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope
with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of
� Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office
TBE Grouo, Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS�FE.doc IB-5 November 2004
indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or
facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in
the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the
Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in
writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will
not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and
Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn
or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City
that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of
the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will
be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole
discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid.
13.0 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the
• City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all
informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a
material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized altemate bids,
incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City
reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best
interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not
responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City
reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the
interest of the public.
14.0 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion
exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in
future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion
Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents.
15.0 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the
Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
•
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS�FE.doc IB-6 November 2004
�J
LJ
.
16.0 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY F'EES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all pernut fees)
except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The
Contractor shall comply with all federal and state laws, county and municipal
ordinances and regulations which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work.
City of Clearwater building permit and impact fees will be waived except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the
use of any construction or operation process which is protected by patent rights
except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount
of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required
by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes
involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all
requirements.
17.0 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a
Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be
given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids,
which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City
for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a
business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall
be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie
bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace
program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply
the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the
accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture,
distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in
the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for
violations of such prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the
business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug
counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that
may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual
services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
TBE Groua, Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS�FE.doc IB-7 November 2004
• (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a
condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid,
" the employee vcnll abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer
of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter
893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a
violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse
assistance or rehabilita.tion program if such is available in the employee's
community, by any employee who is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
18.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved
in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column
of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
� 18.2 In evaluatin the Bids the Ci will consider the ualifications of the Bidders,
S , tY q
whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and
other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the
qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and
organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such
investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and
to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders,
proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform
and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's
satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible,
responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award
will be in the best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and altemate bid
items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work
awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor.
19.0 BID PROTEST
• 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with
TBE Group Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS�FE.doc IB-8 November 2004
• the solicita.tion or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints
initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in
accordance with protest procedures set forth m this section.
19.2 PROT'EST PROCEDURE:
A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or
request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5)
work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for
proposal. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal
will be printed on the bid/request document itself.
Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a
maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or
is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will
be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of
recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater
Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated.
Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above
may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably
expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to
• the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for
proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons
for the exception.
The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within
five business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be
fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the
Assistant City Manager.
A. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing
Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within iive business days of
receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with
copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the
Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager.
The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in
the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within
ten work days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely
protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of
contract until all administrative remedies have been e�austed or until the City
Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is
• necessary to protect the best interest of the City.
TBE Group, Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�Fina1PS�F'E.doc IB-9 November 2004
� 20.0 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
�
�
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act
(Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s
1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouo, Inc. Section II Instructions to Bidders
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaiPS�F'E.doc IB-10 November 2004
•
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.0 DEFINITIONS:
Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify,
correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agreement The written contract between OWNER and CONTR.ACTOR covering the Work to
be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof
as provided therein.
Application for Payment The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by
CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by
such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the
Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in
every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
. Article Same as Section.
Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices
for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid
form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of
Bids).
Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an
addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City The City of Clearwater, Florida.
Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents),
Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid
documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to
the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement,
� together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement.
TBE Group. Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\SECIII.doc GC-1 November 2004
• Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized
adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Co�tract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Supplemental General Conditions
for the completion of the Work.
Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement.
Day A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not
meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standazd, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment.
Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared
or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For
the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative.
• Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as
Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
�
Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "fiarnish and install
complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications.
These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing.
Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and
orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS�.SECIII.doc GC-2 November 2004
. Notice to Proceed A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on
which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform
his obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida
Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Person A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
Project The total construction of whicfi the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Section Reference to a Section or Article of the Contract Documents.
Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are
specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all
illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
• Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical
descriptions of materials, equipment; construction systems, standards and workmanship as
applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other
Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereo� which has progressed to the
point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of
Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents,
so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if
no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially
complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial
Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a
direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
�
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS�.SECII1.doc GC-3 November 2004
� Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to
be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance
or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks,
tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities
which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials:
electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water.
Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of
performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction,
and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date
of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the
Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to
be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
� Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by
a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following
negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Pnce or Contract Times.
�
2.0 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also
deliver to Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required
to furnish by this contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
TBE Groua. Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS\SECIII.doc GC-4 November 2004
� 2.3 COMI��NCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed.
Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to
run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contact Time
commences to run.
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare
the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all
applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer
any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work
effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report
any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor
had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or
Engineer, either before or after tl�e execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any
of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at
any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to
• obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer
may schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as
appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to
discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
3.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the
Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The
Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if
called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally
complete project (or part thereo� to be constructed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from
the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required
to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically
called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction
� industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-5 November 2004
• or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and
interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer. Reference to
standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether
such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification,
manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as
may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision
of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specially
incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the
Contract Documents) shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or
Engineer, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by
Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in
these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read
and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any
such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of
either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such
insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows in ascending or descending order: Modifications, Contract
Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings,
Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern.
� 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract
Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the
performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any
instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once,
and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued
by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that
Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any such conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known
thereof.
4.0 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the
Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other
. lands which are designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any
TBE Groun, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-6 November 2004
� encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of
lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work.
Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be
obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work
which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and
Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are
not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing
of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure,
differing materially from those indicated or refened to in the Contract Documents.
Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests
are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations
and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the
results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical
conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the contract Documents, and
which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or
Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
, 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
•
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to
existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and
data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by
others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and
Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract
Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such
information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such
Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION
CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners
who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION
CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY
NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities
prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-7 November 2004
Contractor shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for
� construction which in Engineer's judgement are necessary to enable Contractor to
proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall
protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or
relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to
Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because
of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate
replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel.
The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information
regarding the provision of construction surveys.
5.0 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in an amount at
least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of
all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in
effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer
period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary
Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and
shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding
� Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable
Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff,
A Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds
signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents authority to
act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida
Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety
shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner
reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the
Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is
terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the
requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after
notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to
the Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate
for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims
set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and
furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents,
whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier,
or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
� the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i)
TBE Group Inc Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-8 November 2004
• Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee
benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or
disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv)
Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are
sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the
employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason;
(v) Claims for damages, other than to the Wark itself, because of injury to or destruction
of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi)
Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage
arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor
shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to
purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so
required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional
insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) City of
Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions,
all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective
officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations
insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity
obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or
endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or
� renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner,
and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental
Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of
insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect
at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting,
removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of
Defective Work; vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance
coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after
final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been
issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of
such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone
number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
�
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than
the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract Award Contract Award
Amount Under Amount $1,000,000.
$1,000,000. and Over
TBE Group. Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-9 November 2004
�
�
�
(1) Workers' Compensation
(2) Employer's Liability
Statutory
$500,000.
PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Statutory
$1,000,000.
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
(1) Bodily Injury:
(2) Property Damage:
Contract Award
Amount Under
Contract Award
Amount $1,000,000.
$1,000,000. and Over
$500,000.
Each Occurrence
$1,000,000.
Annual Aggregate
$500,000.
Each Occurrence
$1,000,000.
Annual Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with employrnent
exclusion deleted. $1,000,000.
Annual Aggregate
$1,000,000.
Each Occurrence
$1,000,000.
Annual Aggregate
$1,000,000.
Each Occurrence
$1,000,000.
Annual Aggregate
$1,000,000
Annual Aggregate
Comprehensive Automobile Liability including all owned (private and others), hired and
non-owned vehicles:
(1) Bodily Injury
(2) Property Damage
Contract Award Contract Award
Amount Under Amount $1,000,000.
$1,000,000. and Over
$500,000.
Each Person
$500,000.
Each Accident
$500,000.
Each Occurrence
$1,000,000.
Each Person
$1,000,000.
Each Accident
$1,000,000.
Each Occurrence
TBE Grou_p Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�F'ina1PS\SECIII.doc GG10 November 2004
� Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or
other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of
coverages which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall
not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its
option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies
required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar
of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior
approval from the Owner.
Lon�shore and Harbor Worker's Comaensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C.
932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the
payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized
by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as
a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be
liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable
under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor,
only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the
contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation.
� 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
Insurance will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's
Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions
to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary
coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such
policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or
damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or
additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other
and their respective officers, directors, ernployees and agents for all losses and damages
caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and
any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such
rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional
insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers
shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of
insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all
rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the
officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business
interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss
or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from
• fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (2) loss or damage to the
completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other
TBE Groun, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-11 November 2004
� insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project ar
part thereof by Owner during partia� utilization, after substantial completion or after final
payment.
6.0 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently,
devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be
necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor
shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures
of construction, but Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the
design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with
the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its
progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to
Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will
be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of
� Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to
Contractor.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer
shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be
removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written
consent of Engineer.
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs
incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the
Owner's normally approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be
deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the
Contractor's retention prior to release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to
receive a monthly check from the Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs.
Minimum number of chazgeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall
be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour sha11 be $40.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply
with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
•
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS�,SECIII.doc GC-12 November 2004
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
� construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times
maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety
or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except
as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed
during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the
performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's consent
given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and
assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction
equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary
for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new,
except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer,
Contractors, shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to
the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure
storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired
or injured. Materials that are improperly stored may be rejected by the Engineer without
testing.
� All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned
and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer,
fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract
Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier,
the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality
required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading
that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of
material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by
Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change
in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the
Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an"or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item.
Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the
Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially
equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute thereof. Request for review of
proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
• than Contractor.
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\SECIII.doc GC-13 November 2004
• Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or
"or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable
time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be
sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of
the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work
under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for
Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for
the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual
relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person,
nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the
payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor
shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors,
Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or
indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers
and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with
• the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings
shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or
delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which
specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of
the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may
have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against
whom Contractor has reasonable objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and
his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment
• a nd the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
7:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-14 November 2004
� Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-
way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with
construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant
thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work.
Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of
the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or
otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law.
Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold hannless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out
of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent
caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At
the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall
remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all
tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials.
Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by
the Contract Documents.
� 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use
in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention; design,
process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by
others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the
Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual
knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling
for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall
be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors,
employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all
claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of
patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting
from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device
not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection
with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by
Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other
� governmental agencies which axe applicable during the performance of the work.
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\SECIII.doc GC-15 November 2004
� 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor
performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or
Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or
arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and
Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to Owner to
report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and
pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when
necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental
charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are
applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility
owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees.
• Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building
Permit and Impact Fees will be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all
necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected
by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,
whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other property at the site or adj acent
thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities
and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the
course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during
inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause
Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury
from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall
have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any
Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and
replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an
accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the
• establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in
TBE Grouu Inc Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-16 November 2004
• the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall
provide first aid services and medic�l care to his employees. The Contractor shall
develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good
housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of
construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate
personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous
conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of unmediate
danger to Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision
shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the
Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at
the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to
handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling
and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and
motorists from hann, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction
activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body
having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage,
injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and
protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground
Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their
• property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in
whole or part, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or
organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the
Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and the Engineer has
issued a notice to the Owner and the Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
•
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at
the site or adj acent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or
authorization from Owner or Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or
loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any
significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been
caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a
Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of
such action.
TBE Group Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�F'inalPS\SECIII.doc GC-17 November 2004
�
�
6,11 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for
in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop
Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance
and design criteria, materials and similaz data to show Engineer the materials and
equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the
information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval.
Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and
verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance
criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information
with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping,
handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each
Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements
of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the
Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal.
At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such
variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication
separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made
on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of
each such variation.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine
if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work,
conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the
design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract
Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly
called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident
thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of
the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by
Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific
attention in writing to revisions other than the conections called for by Engineer on
previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve
Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract
Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such
� variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\SECIII.doc GC-18 November 2004
� variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the
Contractor from responsibilrty for compl}nng with the requirements of paragraph above
discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.12 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good
order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor
shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations
and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the
original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings,
and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the
horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ
from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried
(or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the
construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at a11 times during
the progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance
with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay
� requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform
to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City
Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
request.
Prior to the placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the
Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
T'he City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the
sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
A. General: The Contractor/Consultant shall prepare an"AS-BUILT SURVEY" per
chapter 61G17-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and
sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. Two hard copies of signed and
sealed as-builts and an AutoCAD file will be provided for this purpose.
1. Definition: 61G17-6.002(8)(a) As-Builts Survey: a survey performed to
obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed
improvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record
Survey.
2. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and
� sealed by Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered
to the City of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial
TBE Groua Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaIPS�SECIII.doc GC-19 November 2004
completion of the project. If this condition is not meet, the City will
! procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in
the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1800 per
day or any portion thereof to provide the City with the required As-Built
Survey.
B. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems:
1. The as-built drawings shall conform as follows:
a. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates
(northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal
and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New service connections and replaced service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream
manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim
elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and
pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the
profile if one exists.
b. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
C. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain):
• 1. All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and
elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize
the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at
all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and
replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be
located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates
no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote
top of pipe elevation at those points.
�
D. Electrical and Control Wiring: The as-built drawing shall conform as follows:
1. The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract
Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number
of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is to
voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints,
showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and
other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination
location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram.
TBE Grou� Inc Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaIPS\SECIII.doc GC-20 November 2004
E. Other:
� l. The as-built drawin s shall reflect any differences from the original
g
Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimension as the
Plans.
F. Horizontal and Vertical Control
1. The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the
construction design plans or if required by the City the datum shall be
referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the
North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement shall
be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum,
(horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the City of Clearwater
Engineering Department.
G. Standards
1. The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standaxds per
Chapter 61G17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below.
In addition to locating all improvements that pertain the as-built survey it
is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at every
� change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.13 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, En�ineer and Engineer's Consultants that
all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective.
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by
abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor,
Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work
shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary
precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from
any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work.
The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or
damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and
final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in
the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and
operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any
portion of the Work which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior
to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the
tWork in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the
TBE Group Inc Section III General Conditions
1:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Pina1PS�SECIII.doc GC-21 November 2004
� following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the
Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Engineer, (ii)
recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of a
certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner,
(v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a
Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the
Engineer.
6.14 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes
or disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution
of any disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in
writing.
6.15 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold hannless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of
them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to
• all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting
from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i)
is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of
tangible property (other than the work itsel fl, including the loss of use resulting
therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed
by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon
such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regazdless of the negligence of any such
person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any
Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such
other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or
Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any
claim against Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained,
Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against
any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their
respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or
• furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�Fina1PS\SECIII.doc GC-22 November 2004
indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any
� limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for
Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under
workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The
indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the
liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents
caused by the professional negligence, enors or omissions of any of them.
6.16 RELATED WORK AT SITE
Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces,
or let other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to
these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is
to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof
will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may
make a claim thereof if Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional
expense to Contractor or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount or extent thereof.
Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and
each utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's
employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work
• and shall properly connect and coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching
of the work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and
integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work
with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The
duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such
utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for
the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners
and other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the
Project, the contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by
agreement or arbitration, if he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on
account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the
Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment
against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy the judgment and
pay all costs incuned by the Owner.
•
If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work
performed by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and
promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other
work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of
Contractor's work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs\Fina1PS\SECIII.doc GC-23 November 2004
� other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's work except for latent or
non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work.
7.0 OTHER WORK
7.1 COORDINATION
If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the
site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime
contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and
responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities
will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner
shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8.0 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all
communications to Contractor through Engineer.
Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these
General Conditions.
� Owner is obli ated to execute Chan e Orders as indicated in the Article
g g on Changes In
The Work.
•
Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
the Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on
Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals
with Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be
responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to
perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.0 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
TBE Groua. Inc. Section III General Conditions
1:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-24 November 2004
. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and
the responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative
dunng construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended
without written consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or
interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings
or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the
intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications
and interpretations will be binding on Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that
a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any,
Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of
Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to
the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
� completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work
whether or not the Work is fabncated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on
Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change
Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In
connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on
Payments to Contractor and Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and
judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters
relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and
Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes
of Contract Price will be referred initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a
formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim,
dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party
to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the
ioccurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS�.SECIII.doc GC-25 November 2004
� Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event
unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or
more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party
shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will
render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's
submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such
claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor
unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers
decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement
between the Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute
Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from
Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or Contractor to the other and to
Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is
instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such
rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or
other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the
date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or
Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with
• respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have
under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations m respect of any such claim,
dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
�
9.6 LINIITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith
either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking,
exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create,
impose or give rise to any duty owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of
any of them.
Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the
work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the
work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-26 November 2004
� Engineer will not be responsible
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or
furnishmg any of the work.
•
for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
of any other person or organization performing or
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation
and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be
delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates
of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the
Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also
apply to Engineer's Consultants and assistants.
10.0 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any
time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such
additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change
Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall
promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically
provided).
If Owner and Contractor aze unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in
the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a
result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these
General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General
Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering
work as provided in article for Uncovering Work.
Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of
acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work
or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective
Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties;
� and
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\SECIII.doc GC-27 November 2004
• changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of
any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on
Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be
taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract
Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal,
Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as
provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the
Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is
required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such
notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be
adjusted accordingly.
11.0 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and
• obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense
without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to
be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly
(but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise
to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered
within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless Engineer allows
additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the
claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed
adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a
Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined
as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the
Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items
involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the
Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance
for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in
the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work.
�
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-28 November 2004
. 11 Z ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so
named in the Contract Doctunents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished
and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor
agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade
discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the
Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on
the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the
allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no
demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by
Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by
allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price
shall be correspondingly adjusted.
11.3 iJ1vIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price
Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an
amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item
of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the
� Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and
are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work
performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit price will be deemed to
include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's
overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may make a
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor
believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having
incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in
Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or
decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit
quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in
the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will
be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit
quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will
result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of
final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
�J
TBE Group Inc Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS�.SECIII.doc GC-29 November 2004
12.0 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
� The Contract Time or Milestones ma onl be changed by a Change Order or a Written
( ) Y Y
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be
based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to
Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the
extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such
occurrence (unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written
statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjushnent to which the claimant has
reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for
adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Engineer. No
claim for an adjushnent in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract
Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time
(or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if
a claim is made thereof as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays
beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by Owner, acts
� of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of
God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor.
•
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an
extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to
such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event
shall Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or
to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or
resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays
beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics,
abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors
performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work.
TBE Group Inc Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-30 November 2004
• 13A TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel
to facilitate required inspections or tests.
Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents or
perform these testing services with the Owner's and/or Engineer's staff except for
inspections, tests or approvals as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The
costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Owner except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part
thereo fl specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other
representative of such public body including all City Building Departments and City
Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and
obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and
furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise
stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor
� shall also be responsible for arra.nging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection
with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance
of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or
equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation
of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered
by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer,
be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
Contract's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's
intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested
by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's
expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall
uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as
� Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS�,SECIII.doc GC-31 November 2004
• labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall
pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such
uncovenng, exposure, observation, mspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement
or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work
of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price
for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount
thereof, may make a claim therefore, as provided in the article for Change in Contract
Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed
an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or
both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or
extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided the article for Change
in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way
that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order
Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of
Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops Work under this paragraph,
• Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract
Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective
Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected
by Engineer, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement
of work of others).
13.5 WA,�tRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time
as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special
guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the
Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor sha11 promptly,
without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions; (i) correct
such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and
replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If
� Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinaIPS�ECIII.doc GC-32 November 2004
� emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the
defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be
paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous
service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may
start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the
Specifications or by Written Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been
corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with
respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such
correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner
prefers to accept it, Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's
evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved
� by Engineer as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall
be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable
to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in
article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Engineer's
recommendation for final payment, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to
Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to conect
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in
accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if
Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if
Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner
may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such
deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph Owner shall
proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, Owner
may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the
Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's
tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate in
• the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid
TBE Groua, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-33 November 2004
• Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and
Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the nghts and
remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or
sustained by Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against
Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an
appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change
of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited
to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not
be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and
remedies hereunder.
14.0 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
• Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payrnent filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work
completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless
otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and
equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of
the Work which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A
retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for
the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance
of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed
to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may
require the Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of
any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and
suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the
contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or
partial payments being withheld until the report is provided..
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment
� covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will
TBE Groua, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS�SECIII.doc GC-34 November 2004
pass to Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or
� supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any
chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an
interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials
and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances.
Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the
lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men, and
furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies
incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at
Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature
hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay
unpaid bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such
lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully
discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the
terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed
to impose any obligations upon Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any
unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any
payment so made by Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by
Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment
made in good faith.
� 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either
indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the
Application to Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit
the Application. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment
to the Owner. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any
such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's
opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work
has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been
reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) Owner has been required to correct defective
Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has actual lrnowledge of the occurrence of any of
the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination.
Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer
because: (i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance
or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except
where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-
off against the amount recommended, or (iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the
. events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of
TBE Group Inc Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-35 November 2004
� refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the reasons for such actions, and the
Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto
agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the
reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which
(i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer
and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that
can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with
Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to
Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such
part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete,
Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially
complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that
Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and
substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request,
� Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to
determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving
the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially
complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization
will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work
and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary
to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and
has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance
required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up
� record documents as may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents,
TBE Group. Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-36 November 2004
� Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress
payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but
not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance,
(ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and
legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or
filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as
approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of
Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and
equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills
and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property
might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor
or Supplier fails to fiunish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or
other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises
all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed
• and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application
for payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement,
make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the
surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such
payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final
inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is
satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the
Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will indicate in writing his
recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment.
Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is
acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the
Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend
final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are
�
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083100083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\SECIII.doc GC-37 November 2004
� appropriate as to form and substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt
thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure
to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees
specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract
Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than
those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
15.0 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof
for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will
fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the
date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if
� Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of
Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor
persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time
to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the
Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned,
or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written
consent of Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by
Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in
writing to Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is
� unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-38 November 2004
� unreasonably delayed.
Owner may, after givmg Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice
and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of
Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all
Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use
the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to
Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored
elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor
shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the
unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages
sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess
will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall
pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner
will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by
Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or
remedies under this paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for
the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not
� affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not
release Contractor from liability.
Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the
Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing
services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract
Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums
for overhead and profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated
contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses
directly attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
• economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc GC-39 November 2004
• 15.3 CONTRACTOI� MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than
ninety days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer
fails to act on any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or
Owner fails for sixty days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then
Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided
Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate
the Agreement and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the
article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of
court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment
except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for
Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty days to pay
Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's
written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts
due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to prelude Contractor from
making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time
or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work
as permitted by this article.
16.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
� If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have a eed on the method and rocedure
� P
for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute
resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the
article for Decisions on Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or
Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require
a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration.
17.0 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or
required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by
the Engineer subject to the approval of the Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice,
notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual
� or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS\SECIII.doc GC-40 November 2004
� if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business
address known to the giver of the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any
error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers,
employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will
be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of
such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a
substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or
repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall
include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder
� without the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has
waived its rights to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
•
Annual Contracts issued through Public Works Administration may be renewed for up to
two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the City and the ContractorNendor. All
terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the
contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole
discretion of the City, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are
contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the
Contractor as determined by Public Works Administration.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section III General Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\SECIII.doc GC-41 November 2004
� SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
General Conditions of the Construction Contract are a part of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the
Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any
paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the
unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.3 COMMENCMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT
2.3.1 The work required in the Contract for Modifications to Pump Station 55
rehabilitation shall be substantially complete no later than 150 calendar days after the
date when the Contract Time commences to run.
2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components installed and ready for
daily operation. Substantial completion includes start-up, operation, testing,
� manufacturers checks and services, operator training, and similar items. The following
items need not be completed for Substantial Completion:
a. Finish paving
b. Landscaping
c. Final clean-up and restoration
d. Final application for payment and final acceptance
2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment within
180 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run.
SECTION 5- BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.2 Insurance: Include as an additional insured the Owner's Engineering Consultant:
TBE Group, Inc.
380 Park Place Boulevard, Suite 300
Clearwater, Florida 33759
SECTION 18 - PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
18.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE: The City desires to inform the general public on the City's use
� and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To
help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project
TBE Group, Inc. Section III Supplementarv Condirions
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS\SECIII.doc SGC-1 November 2004
� information signs during the period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active
work.
18.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE: Sign type shall be "fixed" on
stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations.
Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall
be included in the Lump Sum bid for Mobilization. The particular wording to be used on the
signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the
wording to be used on sign at the pre-construction conference.
18.3 FIXED SIGN: Fixed sign shall be 4 feet by 8 feet in size and painted on a sheet of
exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of %z inch. Sign shall be
attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4 inches by 4 inches below grade pressure
treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to
provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 inches above
the ground.
Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered
for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
18.4 PORTABLE SIGNS: Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 inches by 30 inches in size
and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be
• aluminum, 0.080 inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be
silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of
the traffic barncade.
•
18.5 SIGN COLORING: Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in
blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on capital letters, of size
proportional to the sign itself.
18.6 SIGN PLACEMENT: Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general
public who pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard
or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the
City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of
the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be
moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary
where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the
start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment.
18.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE: The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation,
movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full
course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from
dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility
and immediately replaced if defaced.
TBE Grouu. Inc. Section III Supplementarv Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\SECIII.doc SGC-2 November 2004
�
�
i
TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
PUMP STATION 55 REHABILITATION
CONTRACT NO. Ol- 0036-UT
A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING/PUBLIC SERVICES DEPARTMENT
PROJECT
CONTRACTOR:
ENGINEER: TBE GROUP, INC.
PROJECT MANAGER: Kelly O'Brien
;� PHONE: (727) 562-4591
SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE:
FUNDING PROVIDED BY CITY OF CLEARWATER SEWER UTILITY CAPITAL
IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
TBE Grouo, Inc. Section III Supplementary Conditions
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\SECIII.doc SGC-3 November 2004
�
�
C�
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The work covered by these specifications comprises, in general, the furnishing of
all labor, equipment, and materials. The work shall include the performing of all
operations to make modifications to Pump Station 55 rehabilitation for the City of
Clearwater as described and specified further in these Technical Specifications,
and as shown on the Contract Drawings.
B.
C.
D,
E.
Pump Station 55 will be modified as described on the attached drawings. Refer to
Section 02532 for specifications for wet well to be constructed.
Pump Station 55 will receive new pumps, wet well, piping, and electrical as
described on the attached plans and specified herein.
Except as specifically noted, the Contractor shall provide and pay for:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Labor, materials, tools, construction equipment, and machinery.
Water and utilities required for construction.
Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and
completion of the work.
Testing lab services.
The Contractor shall comply with all codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders
and other legal requirements of the City of Clearwater.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY AND RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all construction stakes required to
complete the work. Construction stakes shall be provided by a survey crew
working under the direction of a surveyor registered in the State of Florida, and
qualified to perform the type of survey stakeout required by the plans and details.
All work items shall be staked, flagged and marked in such manner to afford easy
identification by the Contractor and the Owner's Representative. Whenever
stakes are lost, they shall be replaced before continuing with the work.
B. The Contractor shall provide four sets of certified record drawings. (See General
Conditions, Article 6.12)
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Summarv of Work
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 01010-1 November 2004
� C. At the completion of the work, the record drawings shall be delivered to the
Engineer for review and approval prior to requesting final payment. If there are
any discrepancies noted on the record drawings, they will be returned to the
Contractor for checking and correction of work as determined by the Engineer.
1.03 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall implement erosion and sediment control practices that will
prevent the introduction of pollutants into the storm water system. Erosion and
sediment controls shall include both stabilization practices and structural
practices.
B. The Contractor shall take adequate precautions to prevent siltation and bank
erosion in discharging well point systems or during other construction activities.
This includes the placement of erosion control devices, such as silt barriers or
settling basins, when necessary to prevent silt from entering the drainage system.
Whenever traffic will be leaving a construction site and moves directly onto a
public road or other paved area, a temporary gravel construction entrance, per
City of Clearwater Standards, shall be installed to reduce the amount of sediment
transported onto public roads by motor vehicles or runoff. The entrance shall be
maintained in a condition that will prevent tracking or flow of sediments onto
public rights-of way. All materials spilled, dropped, washed, or tracked from
vehicles onto roadways or into storm drains must be removed immediately. The
� road or paved area must be swept daily for sediments and stones.
C. All erosion and sediment control devices shall be checked daily or immediately
after a storm event and shall be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. All
erosion and sediment control methods shall be in accordance with F.D.O.T. Index
No. 102 and shall comply with all state and local water quality standards. The
City Engineer or the appointed City personnel has the right to enforce immediate
cleanup and maintenance of any and all sediments on or off site.
1.04 HOUSEKEEPING BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
A. A construction site management plan shall be developed by the Contractor to
prevent pollutants from entering the storm water system. Pollutants include, but
are not limited to, oils, grease, paints, gasoline, concrete truck washdown,
solvents, litter, debris and sanitary waste.
B. The construction site management plan shall designate areas for equipment
maintenance and repair; shall provide waste receptacles at convenient locations
and shall provide regular collection of wastes; shall locate equipment washdown
areas on site and shall provide appropriate control of washwaters; shall provide
protected storage areas for chemicals, paints, solvents fertilizers and other
potentially toxic materials; and shall provide adequately maintained sanitary
• facilities.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Summary of Work
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 01010-2 November 2004
� 1.05 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall fumish suitable storage facilities. All materials, supplies and
equipment intended for use in the work shall be suitably stored by the Contractor
to prevent damage from exposure, admixture with foreign substances, or
vandalism or other cause. The Engineer will refuse to � accept, or sample for
testing, materials, supplies or equipment that have been improperly stored, as
determined by the Engineer.
B. Materials found unfit for use shall not be incorporated in the work and shall
immediately be removed from the construction or storage site. Delivered
materials shall be stored in a manner acceptable to the Engineer before any
payment for same will be made. Materials strung out along the line of
construction will not be allowed unless the materials will be installed within one
week from the time of unloading and stringing out.
1.06 PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY
A. The Contractor shall preserve from damage all property along the line of the
work, or which is in the vicinity of or is in any way affected by the work, the
removal or destruction of which is not called for by the plans. Wherever such
property is damaged due to the activities of the Contractor, it shall be immediately
� restored to its original condition by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
B. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property, or to make
good such damage for injury, the Owner may, after 48 hours notice to the
Contractor, proceed to repair, rebuild or otherwise restore such property as may
be deemed necessary, and the cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due,
or which may become due, the Contractor under this contract.
1.07 CLEAN UP
A. The Contractor shall keep the construction site free of rubbish and other materials
and restore to their original conditions those portions of the site not designated for
the alteration by the Contract Documents. Clean up and restoration shall be
accomplished on a continuing basis throughout the contract period and in such a
manner as to maintain a minimum of nuisance and interference to the general
public and residents in the vicinity of the work.
B. The Contractor shall also remove, when no longer needed, all temporary
structures and equipment used in his operation. It is the intent of this
specification that the construction areas and those other areas not designated for
alteration by the Contract Documents shall be immediately restored to original
condition upon completion of the project.
•
TBE Group. Inc. Section IV Summarv of Work
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01010-3 November 2004
� 1.08 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE
A. The Contractor shall at all times so conduct his work as to ensure the least
possible obstruction to traffic, or inconvenience to the general public and
residents in the vicinity of the work. No road or street shall be closed to the
public, except with the pertnission of the Engineer and other jurisdictional
governmental authority, if any. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the work shall be
kept accessible. Provisions shall be made by the Contractor to ensure public
access to sidewalks, public telephones, and the proper functioning of all gutters,
sewer inlets, drainage ditches, and irrigation ditches. No open excavation shall be
left ovemight except during road closing. All open excavation within the
roadway shall be backfilled and a temporary asphalt patch applied prior to
darkness each day. A cold asphalt patch is acceptable.
1.09 SAFETY AND OSHA COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall comply in all respects with all Federal, State and Local
safety and health regulations. Copies of the Federal regulations may be obtained
from the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupation Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA), Washington, DC 20210 or their regional offices.
B. The Contractor shall comply in all respects with the applicable Workman's
Compensation Law.
� 1.10 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
�J
A. Coordinate the use of premises under direction of Engineer.
B. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of equipment and
materials stored on the site.
C. Move any stored Products, under Contractor's control, which interfere with
operations of the Owner or separate Contractor.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Summary of Work
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01010-4 November 2004
.
SECTION 01020
CONTINGENCY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Include in the Contract Sum the contingency stated in the Contract Documents.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Conditions of the Contract.
1.03 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE
A. Include in the Contract, ten-percent contingency allowances of the Base Bid.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
• Not Used
.
PART 3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
3.01 GENERAL
A. The contingency allowance shall be used as necessary to pay for unforeseen
utility conflict resolutions, utility repair work, or other work not within the
original scope of work as bid, such work to be performed only at the direction,
and with the authorization of, the City.
B. At the closeout of contract, monies remaining in the Contingency Allowance will
be credited to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Conringency
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01020-1 November 2004
L... J
SECTION 01025
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAI.
1.01 EXPLANATION AND DEFINITIONS
The following explanation of the Measurement and Payment for the bid form items is made for
information and guidance. The omission of reference to any item in this description shall not,
however, alter the intent of the bid form or relieve the Contractor of the necessity of furnishing
such as part of the Contract.
1.02 PAYMENT
A. Payment shall be made for the items listed on the Bid Form on the basis of the
work actually performed and completed. Such work shall include, but is not
limited to, the furnishing of all necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment,
transportation, clean up, and all other incidentals and appurtenances to complete
the construction and installation of the work, to the configuration and extent as
shown on the drawings, and described in the specifications.
� B. It is intended that all mobilization, insurance, bond, license and other
miscellaneous administrative costs, and all other costs to the Contractor not
specifically identified in the following item description be distributed among and
included in the unit prices stated. No additional payment shall be made for
transportation, communications, office maintenance, project signs, and other
incidental work or services, and no further payment shall be made for
remobilization unless all of the work is suspended by the Engineer for a period in
excess of three months and through no fault of the Contractor.
u
C. All required manufacturer testing and certification should be included in the unit
prices shown in the Proposal and Contract. Density testing required for
compacted backfilling, and concrete strength and materials testing required at the
time of construction shall be included in the Contingency Allowance in the
Proposal.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Not Used
TBE Grouu. Inc. Secrion N Measurement & Payment
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 01025-1 November 2004
�
.
�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MOBILIZATION - BID ITEM NO. 1
A. Payment for mobilization will include documented and justified costs associated
with preparatory work and operations necessary to begin work on the Project,
including but not limited to those operations necessary for the movement of
personnel, equipment supplies, and incidentals to the Project site(s), and for the
establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid
supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications
and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations.
B. The cost of bonds and any other required insurance and any other pre-construction
expenses necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction
materials, shall also be included in this Pay item.
C. The Work specified under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract lump sum
price, in accordance with the following schedule:
Percent of Original
Contract Amount Earned
5
10
25
50
Allowable Percent of Lump Sum
Price for Mobilization
25
50
75
100
3.02 MODIFICATIONS TO PUMP STATION 55 - BID ITEM NO. 2
A. Measurement And Payment
1. Payment of the lump sum agreed on in the bid form shall be full
compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals required to complete the construction of the modifications to
Pump Station 55 complete as specified in these Technical Specifications,
Divisions 1 through 16, excluding those items for which measurement and
payments are separately specified. Payment shall include, but not be
limited to, full compensation for removal of existing pumps, guide rails,
stairs, lift cables, asphalt, piping, fittings, valves, manholes, electrical, wet
well top slab, electrical conduit, control panel, electric power and other
appurtenances shown, and excavation, sheeting, shoring and bracing,
backfill, erosion and sedimentation control, protection of existing
structures and utilities, pipe, fittings, pipe bedding, linings, coatings,
protection of all pipelines and appurtenances, making and completing
joints for connecting pipe, drainage and dewatering, fill and grading,
bedding, concrete work, reinforcing steel, precast concrete, brick and
masonry work, making all pipe connections, installation and removal of
TBE Groua, Inc. Secrion IV Measurement & Pavment
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01025-2 November 2004
� plugs and bulkheads, saw cutting and removal of existing pavement,
construction of temporary facilities, disposal of surplus excavated material
and debns, protection of all pipes and appurtenances, maintenance of
flow, temporary bypass pumping and piping, seeding and mulching,
permanent pavement replacement and all other work and appurtenances to
make complete and operable the installation as shown on the plans.
2. Payment shall also include the furnishing and installing of all pumps,
guide rails, piping, fittings, couplings, valving, hatches, pump control
panel, yard piping, by-pass assemblies, pig ports, valves, electrical,
electrical supply devices, conduits, and conductors, test pits to locate
existing underground utilities andlor structuress, cleaning and testing,
restoration and repairs, lining of existing manholes and all work required
for a full, operable and complete installation as shown on the Drawings.
One spare pump and one spare TCU shall be provided.
3. Payment shall also include all other appurtenances and related work which
are not specified or shown, but which are required to complete the work of
Item No. 2 as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL — BID ITEM NO. 3
A. Description: The Contractor shall make any additional earth excavation which
� may be ordered by the Engineer in writing to remove unsuitable material. All
unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., below the earthwork grade (top
of subbase grade) must be excavated and removed from the site. The limits of
work will either be shown on the plans or determined by the Engineer in the
field.. The work includes all clearing, pavement, sidewalk, curb and curb and
gutter removal, care of structures and adjacent property, placing, maintenance,
and removal of shoring, sheeting, and bracing, removal of water, backfilling,
disposal of surplus excavated material, temporary restoration of street surfaces
and other appurtenant work as specified and directed.
� -
B. Measurement: The quantity of unsuitable material removal, in cubic yards, to be
measured for payment under this Item will be the total excavation, as ordered and
approved by the Engineer, beyond and outside the established lines and grades
which would have controlled and been maintained had not the additional
excavation been ordered. Additional earth excavation for placement of selected
fill material other than that for pipe bedding or to permit construction of other
types of pipeline foundations will be included for payment under this Item.
Unauthorized additional earth excavation will not be measured or paid for.
C. Payment: Payment for Unsuitable Material Removal ordered in writing by the
Engineer will be made at the unit price per cubic yard for this Item.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Measurement & Pavment
J:\00083100083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01025-3 November 2004
� 3.04 ADDITIONAL SELECT F'ILL MATERIAL — BID ITEM NO. 4
A. Descnption: The Contractor shall furnish, from sources other than excavations
made in this Contract, transport, place and compact select fill material as ordered
by the Engineer in writing and not specifically included under other Items. The
work also includes disposal of surplus excavated material and all labor and
equipment. Excavation for placement of select fill will be paid for under other
Bid Items. The work does not include transporting, placing and compacting
approved surplus fill from excavations made in this Contract. The Contractor
shall use all such approved surplus fill available from excavations made in this
Contract prior to supplying select fill from other sources.
B. Measurement: The quantities of Additional Select Fill Material, obtained from
sources other than excavations in this Contract, in cubic yards, to be measured for
payment under this Item will be the actual compacted volume of select sand
placed within the payment limits shown on the Plans or established by the
Engineer. Select fill used to fill voids resulting from unauthorized excavation, or
where required for dewatering, will not be measured for payment even though
their use is ordered by the Engineer. Select fill used for pipe bedding will not be
measured for payment under this Item. Such select fill is included in the various
unit price Items for pipelines.
C. Payment: Payment for Additional Select Fill Material ordered by the Engineer in
• writing, will be made at the unit price per cubic yard for this Item. No payment
will be made under this Item for approved surplus fill obtained from excavations
made in this Contract.
�
3.05 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE — BID ITEM NO. 5
A. Description: The Contractor shall furnish and place any miscellaneous concrete
ordered by the Engineer in writing and not specifically included under other
Items. Included in this item are standard non-reinforced pipe cradles,
encasements, and like work not shown on the Plans or specified. The work
includes all materials, mixing, placing, forming, and curing of the concrete, and
work incidental thereto. Excavation for the placement of Miscellaneous Concrete
will be paid for under other Bid Items.
B. Measurement: The quantity of Miscellaneous Concrete, in cubic yards, to be
measured for payment under this Item will be the actual volume of concrete
placed in the work, measured in place, within the lines and grades as ordered. All
concrete placed outside these lines and grades to fill unauthorized excavation, and
all concrete for replacing defective work, shall be at the expense of the
Contractor. Concrete specifically included under other Items will not be
measured, or paid for, under this Item.
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Measurement & Pavment
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina]PS\TechSec.doc 01025-4 November 2004
� C. Payment: Payment for Miscellaneous Concrete will be made at the unit price per
cubic yard for this Item.
3.06 CONTINGENCY - BID ITEM NO. 6
A. Description: The work covered by this item consists of unforeseen items of work
not included in other bid items but necessary for accomplishing the work and
shall apply only to extra work or additional items over and above those specified
or shown on the plans. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in
writing and approved by the Director of Utilities Engineering or his authorized
representative prior to starting this additional work, The value of the work shall be
based on unit prices or similar bid items called for in the proposal.
B. Measurement: The quantities of unspecified work to be paid under this item shall
be measured as completed, accepted and as agreed upon in writing.
G The Owner has calculated this item on the Bid Form, and has established the item
total to be used in calculating the total Base Bid. This item will be treated as an
CONTINGENCY, against which the Owner, at his discretion, may direct work
now shown on the plans, or require other additional work which falls within the
general scope work for the project, as approved in writing from the Owner. The
final project change order shall include all additional costs approved under the
• contingency. This item is for contingency if required during the course of the
project to facilitate the project, and will be paid only after written authorization to
include the item in the progress payments.
�
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Measurement & Pavment
J:\00083\00083072.001Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01025-5 November 2004
�
SECTION 01046
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURES, PIPING, AND
EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals
required to modify, alter and/or convert existing structures as shown or specified.
B. Existing structures, piping, and equipment shall be removed and dismantled as
necessary for the installation of the new equipment in accordance with the
requirements herein specified.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
Not Used
� PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall cut, repair, reuse, excavate, demolish or otherwise remove
parts of the existing structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings,
herein specified, or necessary to permit completion of the work under this
Contract. He shall dispose of surplus materials resulting from the above work in
an approved manner. The above work shall include the cutting of grooves and
chases in existing masonry to permit the proper bonding of new masonry to old,
repointing of existing masonry, the drilling of holes into existing masonry for the
purpose of setting dowel rods, anchor bolts, or other appurtenances, and the
cutting of holes in masonry for the installation of pipe, conduits, and other
appurtenances. The work shall included all necessary cutting and bending of
reinforcing steel, structural steel, or miscellaneous metal work found embedded in
the existing structures.
B. No existing structure, equipment, or appurtenance shall be shifted, cut, removed,
or otherwise altered except with the express approval of and to the extent
approved by the Owner/Engineer.
C. When removing materials or portions of existing structures and when making
� openings in walls and partitions, the Contractor shall take all precautions and use
all necessary barriers and other protective devices so as not to damage the
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Modificarion to Existing Etc.
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01046-1 November 20U4
• structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, not to damage the
structures or contents by falling or flying debris.
D. Materials and equipment removed in the course of making alterations and
additions shall remain the property of the Owner, except that items not
salvageable, as determined by the Engineer and the Owner shall become the
property of the Contractor to be disposed of by him off the site of the work at his
own place of disposal. Operating equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and then
lubricated and greased for protection during prolonged storage.
E. All work of altering existing structures shall be done at such time and in such
manner as will comply with the approved time schedule. So far as possible before
any part of the Work is started, all tools, equipment, and materials shall be
assembled and made ready so that the work can be completed without delay.
F. All workmanship and new materials involved in constructing the alterations shall
conform to the Specifications for the classes of work insofar as such
specifications are applicable.
G. All cutting of existing masonry or other material to provide suitable bonding to
new work shall be done in a manner to meet the requirements of the respective
Section of these Specifications covering the new work. When not covered, the
work shall be carried on in the manner and tQ extent directed by the
tOwner/Engineer.
H. Where holes in existing masonry are required to be sealed, unless otherwise
herein specified, they shall be sealed with cement mortar or concrete. The sides
of the openings shall be provided with keyed joints and shall be suitably
roughened to furnish a good bond and make a watertight joint. All loose or
unsound material adjacent to the opening shall be removed, and if necessary,
replaced with new material. The method of placing the mortar seal shall provide a
suitable means of releasing entrapped air.
I. Surfaces of seals visible in the completed work shall be made to match as nearly
as possible the adjacent surfaces.
J. Nonshrink grout shall be used for setting wall castings, sleeves, doweling anchors
into existing concrete and elsewhere as shown.
3.02 CLEANING EXISTING STRUCTURES
A. Before commencing work on each structure, the Contractor shall remove and
dispose of, away from the site, any sand, sludge, and other solids remaining in
such structures.
� END OF SECTION
TBE Grouu, Inc. Secrion N Modification to E�cisting Etc
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01046-2 November 2004
•
�
•
SECTION 01050
FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A.
:
Provide and pay for field engineering services required for Project.
1. Survey work required in execution of Project.
2. Civil, structural or other professional engineering services specified, or
required to execute Contractor's construction methods.
Identify existing control points as required.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Conditions of the Contract.
:
C
Section 01010: Summary of Work.
Section 01700: Contract Closeout.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF SURVEYOR OR ENGINEER
Qualified engineer or land surveyor, registered in the State of Florida.
1.04 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A.
:
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those
designated on Drawings.
Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all
permanent reference points during construction.
1.
2.
3.
Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to Engineer.
Report to Engineer when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or
requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations
Require surveyor to replace project control points which may be lost or
destroyed.
a. Establish replacements based on original survey control.
TBE Group Inc Section IV Field EneineerinQ
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 01050-1 November 2004
•
•
1.05 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar
appropriate means:
1. Site improvements
a. Stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement.
b. Utility slopes and invert elevations.
2. Batter boards for structures.
3. Building foundation, column locations and floor levels.
4. Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical trades.
B. From time to time, verify layouts by same methods.
C. Locate and mark all known underground utilities prior to entrance of any
equipment on the site. All such utilities shall be protected from heavy traffic.
Establish and maintain barricades around all manholes, drains, and similar
underground items. Immediately notify the owner of any conflict between
operations and any in ground item to remain.
1.06 RECORDS
Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progesses.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A.
I�
Submit name and address of registered surveyor and Professional Engineer to
Engineer.
On request of Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field
engineering work.
C. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or surveyor certifying that
elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance, or
non-conformance, with Contract Doctunents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
� END OF SECTION
TBE Grou� Inc Secrion N Field En¢ineerin�
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 01050-2 November 2004
�
SECTION 01090
REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Abbreviation and acronyms used in Contract Documents to identify reference standards.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Application: When a standard is specified by reference, comply with
requirements and recommendations stated in that standard, except when
requirements are modified by the Contract Documents, or applicable codes
establish stricter standards.
B. Publication Date: The publication in effect on the date of issue of Contract
Documents, except when a specific publication date is specified.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS, NAMES, AND ADDRESSES OR ORGANIZATIONS
� Obtain copies of referenced standards direct from publication source, when needed for proper
performance of Work, or when required for submittal by Contract Documents.
�
AA Aluminum Association
818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
AASHTO American Association of State
Highway & Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
ACI American Concrete Institute
Box 19150
Redford Station
Detroit, MI 48219
AI Asphalt Institute
Asphalt Institute Building
College Park, MD 20740
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Field Eneineering
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01090-1 November 2004
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
� 1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
�
�
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, NY 10017
ASPA American Sod Producers Association
Association Building
Ninth and Minesota
Hastings, NE 68901
ASTM American Society of Testing & Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
AWWA
CLFMI
American Water Works Association
6666 W. Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
1101 Connecticut Avenue
Washington, DC 20036
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
180 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2110
Chicago, IL 60601
FS Federal Specification
General Services Administration
Specifications and Consumer Information
Distribution Section (WFSIS)
Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197
Washington, DC 20407
MIL Military Specification
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19120
TBE Groua, Inc. Secrion IV Field Eneineering
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01090-2 November 2004
� NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
2101 L Street, N.W.
Waslungton, DC 20037
PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 20076
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
20 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
PS Product Standard
U.S. Department of Commerce
Washington, DC 20203
UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingston Road
Northbrook, Il 60062
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
� Not Used
.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
TBE Groua, Inc. Section IV Field Eneineerine
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01090-3 November 2004
•
SECTION 01310
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAI,
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to Engineer estimated
construction progress schedules for the Work, with subschedules of related
activities which are essential to its progress.
B. Submit revised progress schedules to maintain proposed schedule within 30 days
of work in place.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A: Conditions of the Contract.
B. Section 01010: Summary of Work.
C. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
• 1.03 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare schedules in the form of:
1. Horizontal Bar Chart.
2. Network Analysis System.
3. Other Method Accepted by Owner.
B. Format of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work.
1.04 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.
2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of each major element
of construction. Specifically list:
a. Site clearing.
b. Site utilities.
� c. Foundation work.
d. Structural framing.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Construction Schedules
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01310-1 November 2004
�
�
:
C
e.
f.
g•
h.
i.
Subcontractor work.
Equipment installations.
Delivery of O& M Manuals.
Finishings.
Start-up
Submittals, Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. Show:
1. The dates for Contractor's Submittals.
2. The dates revised submittals will be required from the Engineer.
Provide subschedules to define critical portions of prime schedules.
1.05 PROGRESS REVISIONS
/�
I:
��
Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule:
1. Major changes in scope.
2. Activities modified since previous submission.
3. Revised projections of progress and completion.
4. Other identifiable changes.
Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.
1.06 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial schedules within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement.
1. Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within 10 days
after receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within seven days after return of review copy.
:
With each application for payment, submit progress schedule if revised since last
payment request.
� C. Submit one reproducible transparency which will be returned to the Contractor,
plus two copies which will be retained by the Engineer.
TBE Group. Inc. Section IV Construction Schedules
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 01310-2 November 2004
� 1.07 DISTRIBUTION
•
�
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
3. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems
anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouo Inc. Section IV Construction Schedules
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 01310-3 November 2004
�
.
�
SECTION 01340
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples required by Contract Documents.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
:
Definitions and Additional Responsibilities of Parties: Conditions of the
Contract.
Section 01700 Contract Closeout.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit detailed and dimensioned working
shop drawings showing the construction of the proposed facility and installation
of all equipment complete in every respect. Each drawing shall be indexed andlor
referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work upon the
manufacture or fabrication of any equipment shall be performed until the
Engineer has reviewed and returned the shop drawings marked with "make
corrections as noted or no exceptions taken." The Contractor shall also submit
layout drawings showing exact installation, piping and details for the units being
submitted.
B. The Contractor shall review, approve and sign all shop drawings. Contractor is
responsible for dimensions and field conditions. Any deviations from plans or
specifications shall be clearly shown.
C.
D.
E.
Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner.
Details shall be identified by reference of sheet and detail or schedule.
Minimum sheet size: 8'/z xl l inches.
1.04 PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation
Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
TBE Group Inc. Section N Shop Drawin�s, Product Data & Samples
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 01340-1 November 2004
�
L J
•
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
B. Manufacture's standard schematic drawings and diagrams:
1. Modify drawings and diagrams by deleting information which is not
applicable to the work.
2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically
applicable to the work.
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
I:
C
�
E
Review Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples prior to submission.
Determine and verify:
1. Field measurements.
2. Field construction criteria.
3. Catalog numbers and similar data.
4. Conformance with specifications.
Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract
Documents.
Notify the Engineer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the
submittals from requirements of the contract Documents.
Begin no fabrication or work which requires approved submittals until return of
submittals by Engineer
1.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
�
I:
C
Make submittals in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work.
Number of submittals required:
1. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Submit four (4) copies.
2. Samples: Submit the quantity stated in each specification section.
Submittals shall contain:
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Shop Drawin�s Product Data & Samples
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01340-2 November 2004
�
•
�
2. The Project title and number.
3. Contract identification.
4. The names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
Identification of the product, with the specification section number.
Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers.
Identifications of deviations from Contract Documents.
Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
11. An 8-inch X 3.5-inch blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps.
12. CONTRACTOR'S stamp initialed or signed, certifying to review of
submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field
construction criteria and coordination of the information within the
submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents.
1.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A.
B.
C
Make any corrections or changes in the submittals noted by the Engineer and
resubmit unless otherwise noted.
Shop Drawings and Product Data:
1.
2.
Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial
submittal.
Indicate any changes which have been made other than those suggested by
the Engineer.
Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.08 ENGINEER'S DUTIES
A.
B.
C.
Review submittals within 30 days or in accord with the schedule.
Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate status of submittal.
Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or resubmission.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section N Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01340-3 November 2004
�
• D. Review initial submittals and one re-submittal. Re-submittals that cannot be
approved will be returned. Additional re-submittals will be reviewed by the
Engineer, and costs for time and materials for reviewing re-submittals will be
back charged by the Engineer to the Contractor.
�
�J
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Shop Drawin¢s. Product Data & Sam�ples
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01340-4 November 2004
•
•
•
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A.
B.
C.
D.
Submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated to the various porkions of
the Work, within ten days after award of contract.
Upon the request of the Engineer, support the values with data which will
substantiate their correctness.
The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Engineer, shall be used only as
the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
Related Requirements in Other Parts of the Contract Documents.
1. Agreement
2
3.
General Conditions
Supplementary Conditions
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01600: Material and Equipment.
1.03 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Type schedule on 8-1/2-inch X 11-inch white paper; Contractor's standard forms
and automated printout will be considered for approval by Engineer upon
Contractors request. Identify schedule with:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Title of Project, location and (City, County, Owner) Project Number.
Engineer and Engineer's Project number.
Name and Address of Contractor.
Date of Submission.
B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the Work, in
sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments
during construction.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Schedule of Values
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01370-1 November 2004
�
C.
C
E.
F
Follow the table of contents of these Specifications as the format for listing
component items.
1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major
section of the specifications.
For each major line item list sub-values of:
1.
2.
Major products or operations under the item.
Contract conditions, such as: bonds, insurance premiums, job
mobilization, construction facilities and temporary controls.
For the various portions of the Work:
1
2
Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's
overhead and profit.
For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored
materials, break down the value into:
a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. The total installed value.
The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum.
1.04 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES
A. Submit a subschedule of unit costs and quantities for:
B.
C.
D.
1
�
Products specified under a unit cost allowance in Section 01020.
Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored
products.
The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with each item
identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values.
The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste.
The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into:
1
2
Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the site, with taxes paid.
Installation costs, including Contractor's overhead and profit.
E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of
� that item in the Schedule of Values.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Schedule of Values
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01370-2 November 2004
• PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
�
s
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groua, Inc. Section IV Schedule of Values
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01370-3 November 2004
•
SECTION 01390
PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to videotape all area within the
project area, as shown in the drawings and as specified herein.
1.02 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The photography shall be done by a professional camera operator who is fully
experienced, and qualified with the specified equipment.
B. The audio shall be done by a person qualified and knowledgeable in the specifics
of the contract, who shall speak with clarity and diction so as to be easily
understood.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
� 2.01 TAPE
The tape shall be at a minimum, equal to Fuji Video Cassette H421 Super HG, for professional
use, similar to VHS 246M/807; with AM-format with a recording and playback time of 120
min:/2mn and as manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co. LTD or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 VIDEO TAPING
A. Videotaping shall be accomplished along all routes that shall have any
construction performed by the contractor. All videotaping shall be in color.
B. Coverage shall include, but not limited to, all existing sidewalks, curbs, ditches,
access roads, streets, landscaping, trees, culverts, catch basins, headwalls,
retaining walls, fences, visible utilities, and all buildings located within the zone
of influence. Of particular concern, are any existing faults, fractures, defects, or
other imperfections exhibited by the above-mentioned surface features. Audio
description shall be made simultaneous with the support video coverage.
C. A record of the contents of the tape shall be supplied on a run sheet identifying
� the location, i.e. viewing slide, traveling direction, and all support video coverage.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Pre-Construction Photosraphv
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01390-1 November 2004
� 3.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
No construction shall start until pre-construction photography is complete. Any portion of the
tape coverage deemed unacceptable by the Owner shall be re-taped by the Contractor at no
charge.
�
C.�
END OF SECTION
TBE Groua, Inc. Secrion N Pre-Construction Photographv
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01390-2 November 2004
•
�
•
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
I:�
:
C
Contractor will employ services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform
specified testing. All testing shall be paid for by the Contractor.
Contractor shall cooperate with laboratory to facilitate the execution of its
required services.
Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to
perform the Work of the Contract.
1.02 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY
A. Laboratory is not authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Cooperate with laboratory personnel and/or Engineer, provide access to Work or
manufacturer's operations.
Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational
samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing.
Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for
concrete, and other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory.
Furnish copies of Products test reports as required.
Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
1.
2.
To provide access to Work to be tested.
To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the
product to be tested.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Secrion IV Testing Laboratory Services
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01410-1 November 2004
�
�
�J
F.
G.
3
4
To facilitate inspections and tests.
For storage and curing of test samples.
Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for all samples and tests required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PAYMENT
A. Testing of materials and products will be performed by an independent testing
laboratory appointed and paid for by the Contractor. Testing will be performed so
as to least encumber the performance of Work.
B. The Contractor shall pay for costs of additional testing as required due to
improper performance of Work.
C. When work of this contract or portions of work are completed, notify the testing
laboratory or engineer to perform or witness the tests. Do not proceed with
additional portions of Work until results have been verified.
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section N Testing Laboratory Services
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01410-2 November 2004
�
�
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction, remove on completion
of Work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A.
:
Comply with National Electric Code
Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations and with utility
company requirements
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL
Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not
create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards.
2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
A. Arrange with utility company, provide service required for power and lighting,
and pay all costs for service and for power used.
B. Install circuit and branch wiring, with area distribution boxes located so that
power and lighting is available throughout the construction by the use of
construction-type power cords.
C. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not
adequate for work, and for areas accessible to the public.
2.03 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
� A. Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate
environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01500-1 November 2004
u
�
�
minimum conditions for the installation of materials, and to protect materials and
finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity.
B. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed
materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust,
fumes, vapors or gases.
C.
�
Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls.
Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal, and for fuel
consumed.
2.04 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Arrange with local telephone service company to provide direct line telephone
service at the construction site. Service required:
1. One direct line instrurrient in Field Office of Contractor.
2. Other instruments at the option of the contractor, or as required by
regulations.
B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for
local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party who places the call.
2.05 TEMPORARY WATER
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Provide water for construction and potable purposes; pay all costs for installation,
maintenance and removal.
The Contractor will pay for all water used and pay for applicable deposits.
Make conservative use of water.
Water will be supplied via a hydrant meter. All connections to hydrants to be
made by Owner's personnel.
Non-potable water for general construction purposes shall be clean, non-turbid,
and non-saline; and acceptable to the Engineer.
F. Water utilization for concrete plaster and mortar shall meet the respective
requirements and standards set forth for water utilized in these construction
materials.
G. The Owner will make water available at designated hydrants on the Owner's
water system for use by the Contractor.
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Construcrion Facilities & Temporarv Controls
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01500-2 November 2004
�
•
�
2.06 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A.
B.
C.
Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations.
Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures.
Existing plumbing facilities shall not be used by construction personnel.
2.07 TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD AND PARI�NG
A.
:
Site Access Roads:
1. Construct new temporary access roads over designated easements from
public thoroughfare to site entrance.
On-Site Roads and Parking Areas:
1. Locate roads, drives, walks and parking facilities to provide uninterrupted
access to construction offices, mobilization, work, storage areas, and other
axeas required for execution of the contract.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Submit proposed location for Engineer's approval.
Provide access for emergency vehicles.
Maintain driveways a minimum of 15 feet wide, between and around
combustible materials in storage and mobilization areas.
Maintain traffic areas free as possible of excavated materials, construction
equipment, products and debris.
Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and
accessible for use.
Provide traffic control devices as required by governing authorities along
established public thoroughfares which will be used as haul routes to site
access.
2.08 TEMPORARY CONTROLS
A. Noise Control:
1. Sound levels measured by the City personnel shall not exceed 65 dBA
6PM to 7 AM or 80 dBA 7 AM to 6PM within twenty feet of the
boundaries of the site. Sound levels in excess of these values are
sufficient cause to have the work halted until equipment noise can be
lowered to these levels. Work stoppage by the City for excessive noise
shall not relieve the Contractor of the other portions of this specification
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Construction Facilities & Temporarv Controls
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01500-3 November 2004
� including, but not limited to completion of all work within specified
contract time and contract price.
2. If mufflers cannot achieve the necessary noise reduction, noise abatement
shall be accomplished by the Contractor's installation of baffles (or other
acceptable means) positioned to break line-of-sight from the noise source
to affected residences and/or commercial structures. Minimum noise
abatement measures shall consist of equipping all engines with hospital
grade mufflers or silencers.
B. Dust Control:
1. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize
raising dust from construction operations, and provide positive means to
prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere.
C. Water Control:
1. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project,
the site, or adjoining properties.
a. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct surface drainage away
from excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas; and to
• direct drainage to proper runoff.
2. Provide, operate and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to
control surface water.
3. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or
other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas.
D. Pest Control:
Not Used
E. Rodent Control:
1. Provide rodent control as necessary to prevent infestation of construction
or storage area.
a. Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect
conditions at the site or on adjoining properties.
b. Should the use of rodenticides be considered necessary, submit an
informational copy of the proposed program to Owner with a copy
to Engineer. Clearly indicate:
� 1) The area or areas to be treated.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Secrion IV Construcrion Facilities & Temnorarv Controls
J:100083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01500-4 November 2004
u
2) The rodenticides to be used, with a copy of the manufacturer's
printed instructions.
3) The pollution preventative measures to be employed.
2. The use of any rodenticide shall be in full accordance with the manufacturer's
printed instructions and recommendations.
F. Debris Control:
1. Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of extraneous debris.
2. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris
at construction site, storage and parking areas, or along access roads and
haul routes.
a. Provide acceptable containers for deposit of debris.
b. Prohibit overloading of trucks to prevent spillages on access and
haul routes.
1) Provide periodic inspection of traffic areas to enforce
requirements.
3. Schedule periodic collection and disposal of debris.
a. Provide additional collections and disposals of debris whenever the
� periodic schedule is inadequate to prevent accumulation.
�
G. Pollution Control:
1. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination
of soil, water or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from
construction operations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required
to contain any spillages, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids.
a. Excavate and dispose of any contaminated earth off-site, and
replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
3. Take special measure to prevent harmful substances from entering public
waters.
a. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, or other such
substances adjacent to streams, or in sanitary or storm sewers.
4. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
a. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
b. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere.
TBE Group Inc. Section IV Construction Facilities & Temnorarv Controls
J.\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01500-5 November 2004
�
L_J
�
H. Erosion Control:
1. Plan and execute construction and earth work by methods to control
surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal
areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation.
2
3.
a. Hold the axeas of bare soil exposed at one time to a minimum.
b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes and
drains.
Construct fills land waste azeas by selective placement to eliminate surface
silts or clays which will erode.
Periodically inspect earthwork to detect any evidence of the start of
erosion, apply corrective measures as required to control erosion.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A.
B.
C.
Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 15 - Mechanical, and
in Division 16 - Electrical.
Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service.
Modify and extend systems as work progress requires.
3.02 REMOVAL
A.
B.
C.
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no
longer required.
Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary
facilities.
Restore permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified condition.
1. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groun. Inc. Secrion IV Construcrion Facilities & Temnorarv Controls
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01500-6 November 2004
�J
�
SECTION 01570
TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Provide, operate and maintain equipment, services and personnel, with traffic
control and protective devices, as required to expedite vehicular traffic flow
around the construction area.
B. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required, restore
grounds to original, or to specified conditions.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Traffic regulation shall be in accordance with F.D.O.T. Roadway and Traffic
Design Standards Series 600, latest Ed., Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices, latest Ed., and FDOT Standard Specifications, latest Ed.
1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
A. The Contractor is to prepare a traffic control plan and/or policy statement for each
phase of construction. This plan is to be presented to the City Engineer at or
before the pre-construction meeting.
B. All proposed traffic control plans and policy statements shall be complete and in
compliance with Section 1.02.
1.04 TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND SIGNS
A. Provide and operate traffic control and directional signals required to direct and
maintain an orderly flow of traffic in all areas under Contractor's control, or
affected by Contractor's operations.
B. Provide traffic control and direction signs, post mounted, at all areas required by
Section 1.02.
C. Traffic Signals - Construction requiring traffic signal modification shall be
reported to the City Engineer at least 72 hours prior to the commencement of such
activities. All excavation work within 30 feet of any traffic signal shall be
reported to the City Engineer at least 72 hours prior to its commencement.
. D. All existing traffic signs shall remain visible throughout construction activities
unless superseded by required construction signing.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Traffic Control
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01570-1 November 2004
� .JI
�
i
1.05 FLAGMEN
A. Provide qualified and suitably equipped flagmen when construction operations
encroach on traffic lanes, as required for regulation of traffic (See Section 1.02).
1.06 FLARES AND LIGHTS
A. Provide lights as required by Section 1.02.
1.
2
To clearly delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic as required in Section
1.02
For use by flagmen in directing traffic.
B. Provide illumination of critical traffic and parking areas as required in Section
1.02.
1.07 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL
A.
B.
Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking,
access by emergency vehicles, Owner's operations, or construction operations.
Monitor parking of construction personnel's private vehicles.
1.
2.
Maintain free vehicular access to and through parking areas and
driveways.
Prohibit parking on or adjacent to access roads, or in non-designated areas.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES
A.
:
All slow moving construction vehicles shall have a slow moving sign visible from
the rear of the vehicle.
All vehicles used for construction activities shall have audible back-up warning
devices.
1.09 ROAD CLOSURES
A. No road shall be closed prior to receiving approval from the City Engineer.
B. At least seven days prior to a proposed road closure, the contractor shall submit to
the City Engineer a complete traffic control plan. This plan shall include the
following minimum information:
1. Sketch of work site and all area roads, streets and mark driveways.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section IV Traffic Control
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01570-2 November 2004
�
LJ
�
C
2.
3
Proposed detour route.
All necessary traffic control devices to be used.
4. Emergency contractor contact person name and phone to be available 24
hours a day.
5. Estimated times/dates of road closure.
The City Engineer shall have the authority to approve an emergency road closure.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A.
:
All traffic control devices shall meet or exceed FDOT certification standards.
All traffic signs shall have high intensity face material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I�
L.
Upon notification by the owner either verbally or in writing, the contractor shall
correct any noted deficiencies within one hour.
Inspection of all traffic control items shall be accomplished at least twice per day.
One of these inspections shall be at the end of the work day or at night.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groun, Inc. Section N Traffic Control
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01570-3 November 2004
�
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Products.
B. Workmanship.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions.
D. Transportation and Handling.
E. Storage and Protection
F. Substitutions and Product Options.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
� A. Section 01010: Summary of Work.
B. Section 01090: Reference Standards.
C. Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
D. Section 01700: Contract Closeout.
1.03 PRODUCTS
A. Products include material, equipment, and systems.
B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements.
C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section
shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable.
1.04 WORKIVIANSHIP
A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances of
specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise
• workmanship.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Material & Eauipment
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1P5\TechSec.doc 01600-1 November 2004
�
1.05
�
CJ1
1.06
1.07
:
.�
Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship for specified quality.
Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to
withstand stresses, vibration, and racking.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When work is specified to comply with manufacturer's instructions, submit copies
as specified in Section 01340, and distribute copies to persons involyed, and
maintain one set in field office.
B. Perform work in accordance with details of instructions and specified
requirements. Should a conflict exist between Specifications and instructions,
consult with the Engineer.
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those
provided by Owner, by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or
packaging.
B
C
D
Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping,
marring or otherwise damaging products or surrounding surfaces.
Handle products by methods to prevent bending or overstressing.
Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and
labels intact and legible. Store sensitive Products in weather-tight enclosures and
maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's
instructions.
B. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on supports above ground.
Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; and
provide ventilation to avoid condensation.
C�7
�
Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained area; prevent
mixing with foreign matter.
Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure
Products are undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions.
TBE Grouo, Inc. Secrion N Material & Equipment
J.\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01600-2 November 2004
� E. After installation, provide coverings to protect Products from damage from traffic
and construction operations. Remove when no longer needed.
�J
�
F. During such periods of time that are designated by the United States Weather
Bureau as being a hurricane warning or alert, construction materials or equipment
shall be secured against displacement by wind forces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Material & Equipment
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01600-3 November 2004
�
�
�
SECTION 01650
STARTING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Provide material and labor required to perform start-up of each respective item of
equipment and system. Start-up sha11 include: adjustment and balance
procedures.
1. Provide information and assistance required, cooperate with test, adjust
and balance services.
B. Comply strictly with specified procedures in starting up mechanical systems.
C. Provide Factory Service Representative to check equipment and certify to its
proper installation prior to start-up and during start-up and testing.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Each Specification Section as Applicable.
1.03 START-UP PROCEDURES
A. Bearings:
:
,�7
1. Inspect for cleanliness, clean and remove foreign materials.
2. Verify alignment.
3. Replace defective bearings, and those which run rough or noisy.
4. Grease as necessary, and in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
Drives:
1. Adjust tension in V-belt drives, and adjust varipitch sheaves and drives for
proper equipment speed.
2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V-belts.
3. Clean, remove foreign materials before starting operation.
Motors:
1. Check each motor for amperage compaxison to nameplate value.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Startin� of inechanical Svstems
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01650-1 November 2004
�
�J
�
2. Correct conditions which produce excessive current flow, and which exist
due to equipment malfunction.
D. Pumps:
E
F.
G
H.
I.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check mechanical seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running
P�P •
Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring.
Inspect mechanical faces, chambers, and seal rings, replace if defective.
Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid
through the pump.
Control Valves:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Inspect both hand and automatic control valves, clean bonnets and stems.
Tighten packing glands to assure no leakage, but permit valve stems to
operate without galling.
Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is
judged complete.
Replace packing on any valve which continues to leak.
Remove and repair bonnets which leak.
Coat packing gland threads and valve stems with a surface preparation of
"Moly-Cote", "Fel-Pro", or equal after cleaning.
Verify that control valve seats axe free from foreign material and are
properly positioned for intended service.
Tighten flanges after system has been placed in operation.
1. Replace flange gaskets which show any sign of leakage after tightening.
Inspect screwed joints for leakage.
1
2.
Promptly remake each joint which appears to be faulty, do not wait for
rust to form.
Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joints.
After systems have been placed in operation, clean strainers, dirt pockets, orifices,
valve seats and headers in fluid systems, to assure being free of foreign materials.
Open air vents, remove operation elements.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Secrion IV Startin�r of inechanical Systems
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01650-2 November 2004
�
�
:�
J.
K.
L.
1. Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts and put back into operation.
Set and calibrate draft gauges of air filters and other equipment.
Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance.
1. Provide factory-authorized personnel for adjustment when needed.
Check each electrical control circuit to assure that operation complies with
specifications and requirements to provide desired performance.
M. Inspect each pressure gauge and thermometer for calibration.
1. Replace items which are defaced, broken, or which read incorrectly.
N. Repair damaged insulation.
O. Vent gases trapped in any part of systems.
1. Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems.
P. Check piping for leaks at every joint, and at every screwed, flanged, or welded
connection, using "Leak-Tek" or other approved compound.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Starting of inechanical Svstems
J:\00083100083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01650-3 November 2004
•
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Substantial Completion
B. Final inspection after completion
C. Final cleaning
D. Contractor's closeout submittals
E. Final adjustment of accounts
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When CONTRACTOR considers work has reached substantial completion, he
• shall submit to the ENGINEER the following:
•
1. Written notice that the work is substantially complete in accordance with
Contract Documents.
2. A list of items yet to be completed or corrected and explanations thereof.
B. Within a reasonable time upon receipt of such notice, the ENGINEER will make
an inspection, if necessary, to determine the status of completion.
C. Should the ENGINEER determine that the work is not substantially complete:
1. The ENGINEER will promptly notify the CONTRACTOR in writing,
giving the reasons thereof.
2. CONTRACTOR shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a
second written notice of Substantial Completion to the ENGINEER.
3. Upon receipt of the second notice, the ENGINEER will re-inspect the
Work.
D. When the ENGINEER finds that the Work is substantially complete he will issue
a Certificate of Substantial Completion with a tentative list of items to be
completed or corrected before final inspection.
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion N Starting of Mechanical Svstems
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01700-1 November 2004
.
�
1.03 FINAL INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION
A. When CONTRACTOR considers the Work is complete with all minor
deficiencies completed or corrected, he shall submit written certification that:
:
C�J
�
2
[c3
Contract Document requirements have been met.
Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
4. All minor deficiencies have been corrected or completed and the Work is
ready for final inspection.
5. Project record documents are complete and submitted.
Within a reasonable time upon receipt of such certification, the ENGINEER will
make an inspection to verify the status of completion.
Should the ENGINEER determine that the work is incomplete or defective:
2
The ENGINEER will promptly notify the CONTRACTOR in writing,
listing the incomplete or defective work.
CONTRACTOR shall remedy the deficiencies in the work and send a
second written certification to the ENGINEER that the Work is complete.
Upon receipt of the second certification, the ENGINEER will reinspect the
Work.
When the ENGINEER determines that the work is acceptable, under the Contract
Documents, he shall request the CONTRACTOR to make closeout submittals.
1.04 FINAL CLEANING
A.
B.
C.
Execute prior to final inspection.
Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces.
Remove waste and sutplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from�the
Project and from the site.
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents
1. At Contract closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing
� date, Project title, CONTRACTOR'S name and address, list of documents,
and signature of CONTR.ACTOR.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Starting of Mechanical Svstems
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 01700-2 November 2004
�
�
.
2
3.
4.
Drawings; Legibly marked to record actual construction:
a. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.
Data shall be in State Plane coordinates utilizing the 1927
horizontal NAD and the 1929 vertical NGVD.
b. Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a surveyor registered in the
State of Florida.
c. One signed and sealed project set, plus two additional signed and
sealed sets for each permitted utility shall be submitted to the City.
d. Record Drawings should also be submitted to the City on disk in
.dwg (Autodesk AutoCADD Release 14 or later).
Specifications and Addenda; Legibly mark each Section to record.
Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
B. Evidence of payment and Release of Liens.
1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
.
Submit a final statement of accounting to the Engineer.
Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum.
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
The original Contract sum.
Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous change orders or written amendment.
b. Allowances
c. Unit prices
d. Deductions for uncorrected work.
e. Penalties and bonuses
f. Deductions for liquidated damages
g. Other adjustments
Total Contract Sum as adjusted
Previous payments
Sum remaining due
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Starting of Mechanical S st�
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ma1PS\TechSec.doc 01700-3 November 2004
� PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
�
�
END OF SECTION
TBE Groua, Inc. Secrion IV Starting of Mechanical S s�tems
J.\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01700-4 November 2004
�
�
�
SECTION 01730
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operations of products specified.
I:
C.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as
referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications.
Provide Factory Service Representative to instruct Owner's personnel in
maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems.
Provide Operation and Maintenance Date Sufficient to meet [EPA Operation and
Maintenance Manual Requirements].
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
:
Section 01340: Shop Drawings, Product Data & Samples.
Section 01700: Contract Closeout.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preparation of data shall be done by factory personnel:
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described
products.
2. Familiar with requirements of this Section.
3. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential
data.
4.
5
Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.
Familiaz with [EPA] Operation and Maintenance Manual requirements.
1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Operating & Maintenance Data
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01730-1 November 2004
•
�
C.�
B. Provide three (3) preliminary review copies for Engineer's review and acceptance
per Section 01340. Upon acceptance, submit ten (10) final copies in boxes
indicating contents.
C. Format:
1.
2.
3.
Size: 8%Zxll inches.
Paper: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten.
Drawings:
a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
b. Fold larger drawings to size of text pages.
4. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment.
a. Provide typed description of product, and major component parts
of equipment.
b. Provide indexed tabs.
5. Cover - Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPER.ATING
AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." List:
a. Title and Project.
b. Identity of separate structure as applicable.
c. Identity of general subj ect matter covered in the manual.
D. Binders:
1
2
3
Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic
covers.
Maximum ring size: Three inch.
When multiple binders aze used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
1.05 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic
order.
1
2.
A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
volume.
List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of:
a. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
b. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV OperatinQ & Maintenance Data
J:\00083\00083072.001Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01730-2 November 2004
L_J
u
•
L
��
�
E
3. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as
set forth in Contract Documents.
Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets wluch are pertment to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation.
c. Delete references to inapplicable information.
Drawings
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control of flow diagrams.
Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1
2
Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different
procedures.
Provide logical sequence of instruction for each procedure.
Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedures in event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1.06 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
Not Used.
1.07 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A.
:
Submit ten copies of complete manual in final form.
Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
TBE Grouo, Inc. Section IV OperatinQ & Maintenance Data
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 01730-3 November 2004
�
�
•
2. Operating procedures.
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency
instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "Trouble-shooting.
c. Disassembly, repair and re-assembly.
d. Aligrunent, adjusting and checking.
Servicing and lubricants required.
a. List of lubricants required.
Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and
diagrams required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as parts.
As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable
parts.
2. Circuit directories of panel boards.
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3
4
As-installed color coded wiring diagrams.
Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Operating & Maintenance Data
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 01730-4 November 2004
•
�
•
D
E.
F.
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routing operations.
b. Guide to trouble shooting.
c. Disassembly, repair and re-assembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices,
and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications.
Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent
during instruction of Owner's personnel.
Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective Sections
of Specifications.
Provide complete information for products specified in:
1.
2.
3.
Section 11305: Submersible Sewage Pumps, Controls and Panels.
Section 16051: Electrical Work — Sewage Pumping Station.
Other items as may be individually specified within the sections.
1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
�
I�.
Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to 50
percent completion of project.
Changes and Corrections to approved data due to construction adjustments shall
be submitted prior to substantial completion of the project.
1.09 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, provide Factory Representative to fully
instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation,
adjustment and maintenance of products, equipment and systems.
�
C�7
Operating and Maintenance Manual shall constitute the basis of instruction.
Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of
operations and maintenance.
TBE Groua, Inc. Section IV Operatine & Maintenance Data
J.\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'malPS\TechSec.doc 01730-5 November 2004
• PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
•
�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Operating & Maintenance Data
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 01730-6 November 2004
�
SECTION 02050
BUILDING DEMOLITION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Demolish designated structures.
B. Remove materials from site.
C. Remove foundations.
D. Remove underground tanks and piping, unless noted otherwise.
E. Disconnect, cap, remove and identify utilities.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
� B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
•
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Submit demolition and removal procedures and schedule under provisions of Section 01340.
1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS
Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures.
Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices.
A. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private thoroughfares.
Maintain protected egress and access at all times.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section N Buildin� Demolition
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 02050-1 November 2004
�
i
•
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and
shoring.
Protect existing landscaping materials, appurtenances, structures, which are not to
be demolished.
Disconnect, remove and cap designated utility lines within demolition areas.
Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify utilities and indicate capping
locations on Project Record Documents.
3.02 EXECUTION
A. Demolish indicated structures and appurtenances in an orderly and careful
manner, and in accordance with staging requirements.
B. Cease operations and notify Engineer immediately if adjacent structures appear to
be endangered. Do not resume operations until corrective measures have been
taken.
�.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished material from
site.
Remove materials to be re-installed or retained in a manner to prevent damage.
Store and protect under provisions of Section 01600.
Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous
materials encountered.
Do not burn or bury materials on site.
Remove foundation walls and footings as shown on plans.
Remove concrete slabs on grade.
Keep work sprinkled to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water main or hydrant
connections for this purpose.
Backfill areas excavated, open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition.
Use backfill specified in Section 02220.
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Buildine Demolirion
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02050-2 November 2004
• K. Rough grade and compact areas affected by demolition to maintain site grades
and contours.
�
•
L. Remove demolished materials from site as work progresses. Leave site in clean
condition.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Buildin� Demolition
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 02050-3 November 2004
�
SECTION 02220
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this Section consists of clearing, excavating, backfilling
and grading required for the construction of the structure(s) as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Definitions:
1. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a specific
material.
2. Optimum Moisture: Percentage of water in a specific material at maximum
density.
3. Rock Excavation: Excavation of any hard natural substance which
required the use of explosives and/or special impact tools such as jack
� hammers, sledges, chisels or similar devices specifically designed for use
in cutting or breaking rock, but exclusive of trench excavating machinery.
C. Plan For Excavation: The Contractor shall be responsible for having determined
to his satisfaction, prior to the submission of his bid, the conformation of the
ground, the character and quality of the substrata, the types and quantities of
materials to be encountered, the nature of the groundwater conditions, the
prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters
which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. At the pre-construction
conference, the Contractor shall submit a plan of the proposed operations to the
Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall consider, and his plan for excavation
shall reflect, the equipment and methods to be employed in the excavation. The
prices established in the Proposal for the work to be done will reflect all costs
pertaining to the work. No claims for extras based on substrata or groundwater
table conditions will be allowed.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Laboratory retained by the Contractor will make such tests as are deemed
advisable. The Contractor shall schedule his work so as to permit a reasonable
time for testing before placing succeeding lifts and shall keep the laboratory
informed of his progress.
�
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV Structure Excavation and Backfill
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02202-1 November 2004
� PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clearing:
1. The construction site shall be cleared of all obstructions and vegetation,
including large roots and undergrowth, within 10-feet of the lines of
excavation.
2. Strip and stockpile topsoil.
B. Removals: Complete all removals within the lines of excavation prior to
beginning excavation.
3.02 PERFORMANCE
A. Excavation:
• l. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of
whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions required for
construction and as specified herein. All excavations shall be made by
open cut.
2. Walls of the excavation shall be kept vertical and, if required to protect the
safety of workmen, the general public, this or other work or structures, or
excavation walls, the excavation shall be properly sheeted and braced.
Excavation for the structures shall be sufficient to provide a clearance
between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation, sheeting, or
bracing, of not less than 2-feet. Materials encountered in the excavation
which have a tendency to slough or flow into the excavation, undermine
the banks, weaken the overlying strata, or aze otherwise rendered unstable
by the excavation operation shall be retained by sheeting, stabilization,
grouting or other approved methods. Excavation for precast or
prefabricated structures will not be required to be dewatered.
3. Excavation for the precast or prefabricated structures shall be carried to an
elevation 1-foot lower than the proposed outside bottom of the structure to
provide space for the select backfill material. Prior to placing the select
backfill, the excavation shall be sounded, if not dewatered, using a rigid
• pole to indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the excavation has
TBE Groua. Inc. Section IV Structure Excavation and Backfill
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02202-2 Novernber 2004
•
�
been carried to the proper depth and is reasonably uniform over the area to
be occupied by the structure.
4. Excavation for structures constructed or cast in place in dewatered
excavations shall be carried down to the bottom of the structure where
dewatering methods are such that a dry excavation bottom is exposed and
the naturally occurring material at this elevation leveled and left ready to
receive construction. Material disturbed below the founding elevation in
dewatered excavations shall be replaced with Class B concrete.
Footings: Cast-in-place concrete footing sides shall be formed
immediately after excavation. Forming for footing sides is specified
elsewhere.
B. Dewatering (When Required): Any water which accumulates in the excavations
for cast-in-place concrete structures shall be removed promptly by well point
system or by other means satisfactory to the Engineer in such a manner as to not
create a nuisance to adjacent property or public thoroughfare. Pumps and engines
for well point systerns shall be operated with mufflers and at a minimum noise
level suitable to a residential area. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
nuisance created due to the disposal of water from his drainage system.
C. Stockpiled Materials: Materials removed from the excavation shall be stored and
disposed of in a manner which will not interfere with traffic at the site. Material
suitable for backfill not needed for backfill at the structure, but needed elsewhere
shall be stockpiled until moved and used elsewhere. Material unsuitable for use
in backfill shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and
disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense immediately after
backfill is placed.
D. Backfill:
Below Precast or Prefabricated Structures: The space between the
proposed outside bottom of the structure, and the bottom of the excavation
shall be backfilled with graded limerock and screeded level to receive the
proposed structure. If the excavation is not dewatered, after placing and
screeding, the backfill will be sounded with a rigid pole and attached 6-
inch diameter foot piece to indicate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
that the backfill has been placed to the proper elevation, is level
throughout and is ready to receive the structure. This final sounding of the
material shall immediately precede setting of the structure.
2. Remainder of Backfill: Selected material from the excavation shall be
. used for backfilling around the structure. Trash shall not be allowed to
accumulate in spaces to be backfilled. Backfill around the structure shall
TBE Grouo. Inc. Section IV Structure Excavation and Backfill
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02202-3 November 2004
� be placed in uniform layers to the level of the water table. Above the
water table, backfill material shall be placed in 8-inch layers and
compacted to a mimmum of 95 percent of maximum density as
determined by AASHTO Designation T 180. Backfilling shall be carried
to the finished grades shown on the Drawings.
�
•
E. Foundation Preparation: Slabs On Grade: Subgrades for concrete slabs shall be
cut, filled and compacted to the required grade. The top 8-inches of concrete slab
subgrade in cut sections and a11 fill material shall be compacted to a density of not
less than 95 percent of its maximum density as determined by AASHTO
Designation T 180.
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouu, Inc. Secrion IV Structure Excavation and Backfill
J:\00083100083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02202-4 November 2004
�
SECTION 02221
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Excavate for all underground piping.
B. Place and compact granular beds and fills over pipelines to rough grade
elevations.
C. Dewater excavations as required.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. 15050 Piping, Fittings, Valves, and Accessories
1.03 SITE COMPACTION TESTING
� A. Testing of compacted fill materials will be performed in accordance with F.D.O.T.
and A.A.S.H.T.O. specifications.
�
B. If, during progress of Work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet
specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest as directed by
ENGINEER.
C. Ensure compacted fills are tested before proceeding with placement of surface
materials.
1.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawn, areas to receive planting, rock outcropping and other
feahues remaining as part of final landscaping.
B. Protect benchmarks and existing structures, roads, sidewalks, paving and curbs
against damage from vehicular or foot traffic. Install and maintain proper
bridging and planking to provide access to buildings.
C. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling underpinning, or by other
methods, as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from falling into
excavations in accordance with Trench Safety Act.
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Trenching Backfilline and Comnactine
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 02221-1 November 2004
� D. Underpin or otherwise support adjacent structure(s) which may be damaged by
excavation work. This includes other utility lines and pipe runs.
�
�
E.
Notify ENGINEER of any unexpected sub-surface conditions. Discontinue work
in the area until ENGINEER provides notification to resume work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Bedding Materials: Pipe shall be placed on dry, undisturbed earth.
B. Selected Backfill: After pipe joints have been inspected and given preliminary
approval, and sufficient time has elapsed for setting of joints if necessary,
backfilling shall be performed, together with tamping until fill has progressed to
an elevation at least one foot above the top of the pipe bell. During this initial
stage of backfilling, approved granular materials or loose soil free from lumps,
clods, or stones shall be deposited in layers approximately 6-inches thick and
compacted by manually operated machine tampers actuated by compressed air, or
other suitable means. Tampers and machines shall be suitable for the work, and
subject to approval by ENGINEER.
C
�
Backfill Material: Excavated material, free from roots, rocks larger than 3'/2
inches in size and building debris.
Fill under landscaped areas: Free from alkali, salt, and petroleum products. Use
sub-soil excavated from site only if confornung to specified requirements.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT
A.
B.
C.
Establish extent of excavation by area and elevation. Designate and identify
datum elevation.
Set required lines and levels.
Maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points.
3.02 UTILITIES
A
B
C
Before starting excavation, establish the location and extent of underground
utilities occurring in the work area.
Notify ENGINEER if utility lines which are in the way of excavation are
uncovered.
Protect active utility services uncovered by excavation.
TBE Grouo, Inc. Section IV Trenching Backfilling and Co�acting
J:\00083100083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02221-2 November 2004
�
�
D
E.
Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug or
seal such lines and identify at grade.
Accurately locate and record abandoned and active utility lines re-routed or
extended on Project Record Documents.
3.03 TRENCHING
A.
:
Ensure trenching does not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any
foundation.
Excavate in accordance with lines and grades.
C. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable proper installation of pipe and to allow
for inspection. Trim and shape trench bottom and leave free of irregularities,
lumps and projections.
D. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs that are to
remain. Root pruning shall be required where impact to tree roots is unavoidable.
E. When complete, request ENGINEER to inspect excavations. Correct
unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to OWNER.
F. Remove excess or unsuitable excavated sub-soil from site.
3.04 DEWATERING
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Keep trenches dry. Provide necessary equipment including pumps, piping and
temporary drains.
Do not discharge drainage water into municipal sewers without municipal
approval. Ensure water discharge does not contain silt held in suspension.
Direct surface drainage away from excavated areas.
Control the grading in and adjacent to excavations to prevent water running into
excavated areas or onto adjacent properties or public thoroughfazes.
Fumish and operate suitable pumps on a 24-hour basis to keep excavations free of
water until piping has been placed and backfilling has been completed.
F. No water shall be allowed to rise over masonry or mortar until the concrete or
mortar has set at least 24 hours.
3.05 BACKFILLING
•
TBE Groua, Inc. Secrion IV Trenching Backfillin� and Compacting
J.\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'malPS\TechSec.doc 02221-3 November 2004
•
�
�
A.
:
��,
Do not start backfilling until piping has been inspected.
Ensure trenches are free of building debris, wood, rocks over 3% inches in
diameter and water.
Backfill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for
natural settlement and compaction.
D. After backfill has reached a point one foot above the top of the pipe, a variation in
the procedure as to manner of placing and amount of compaction will be allowed,
depending upon the location of the work and danger from subsequent settlement,
as follows:
1. For backfilling in unimproved areas (along utility easements and in
parkway strip beyond the edge of driveways and graveled parking areas),
from an elevation of one foot above top of pipe to the surface of the
ground, backfill may be deposited by equipment. Depositing in layers, or
tamping will not be required. Sufficient surplus excavated material shall
be neatly rounded over the trench, to compensate for settlement. All
surplus excavated materials beyond that indicated above shall be disposed
of by Contractor.
2. For backfilling beneath driveways and parking areas, alleys, and streets
where non-rigid type surfacing is to be replaced. This shall also include
dirt, a-avel or asphalt driveways and alleys.
a. The backfill material shall be carefully deposited in uniform layers
not to exceed 12-inches in thickness and each layer shall be
compacted to 98% of maximum density in accordance with
AASHTO T-180 with manually operated machine tampers.
b. In lieu of the foregoing compaction method, the backfill material and
procedure used may be that as specified under Method 3, below.
3. For backfilling across and beneath driveways, sidewalks, parking areas or
streets where a rigid type paving is to be replaced (concrete and asphaltic
concrete and brick surfaces).
a. All backfill material shall be approved granular material of high
weight and density. The material shall be carefully deposited in
uniform layers not to exceed 12-inches thick (loose measure), and
each layer shall be compacted by ramming or tamping with tools
approved by ENGINEER in a manner that does not disturb the
pipe. Where necessary, granular base material of the type and
thickness specified shall be used for the last layer prior to
surfacing.
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouo, Inc. Secrion IV Trenching Backfilline and Compacting
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 02221-4 November 2004
�
•
SECTION 02531
FIBERGLASS MANHOLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
Fiberglass reinforced polyester manhole shall be manufactured from commercial grade
polyester resin or other suitable polyester or vinyl ester resins, with fiberglass
reinforcements. Manhole shall be a one piece unit manufactured to meet or exceed all
specifications of ASTM. D-3753 latest edition as manufactured by L.F. Manufacturing,
Inc., Giddings, Texas or an approved equal.Resin
1.01 MANUFACTURE
A. Manhole cylinders, manway reducers, and connectors shall be produced from
glass fiber-reinforced polyester resin using a combination of chop and continuous
filament wound process.
B. Interior Access: All manholes shall be designed so that a ladder or step system
can be supported by the installed manhole.
C. Manway Reducer: Manway reducers will be concentric with respect to the larger
portion of the manhole diameters through 60 inches. Larger manholes may have
concentric or eccentric manway reducer openings.
D. Cover and Ring Support: The manhole shall provide an area from which a grade
ring or brick can be installed to accept a typical metal ring and cover and have the
strength top support a traffic load without damage to the manhole.
1.02 TEST METHODS
A. All tests shall be performed as specified in ASTM 3753 latest edition, Section 8.
Test method D-790 and test method D-695.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Each completed manhole shall be examined for dimensional requirements,
hardness, and workmanship. All required ASTM 3753 testing shall be completed
and records of all testing shall be kept and copies of test records shall be
presented to customer upon formal written request within a reasonable time
period.
1.04 CERTIFICATIONS
� A. As a basis of acceptance the manufacturer shall provide a independent
certification which consist of a copy of the manufacturer's test report and
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section IV Trenching Backfilling and Compacting
1:\00083\00083072.00�Specs\F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 02531-1 November 2004
� accompanied by a copy of the test results that the manhole has been sampled,
tested, and inspected in accordance with the provisions of this specification and
meets all requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RESINS
A. The resins used shall be a commercial grade unsaturated polyester resin or other
suitable polyester or vinyl ester resin.
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. The reinforcing materials shall be commercial Grade "E" type glass in the form of
continuous roving, and chop roving, having a coupling agent that will provide a
suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin.
2.03 INTERIOR SURFACING MATERIAL
A. The inner surface exposed to the chemical environment shall be a resin-rich layer
of 0.010 to 0.020 in. thick. The inner surface layer exposed to the corrosive
environment shall be followed with a minimum of two passes of chopped roving
• of minimum length 0.5 in. (13 mm) to maximum length of 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) and
shall be applied uniformly to an equivalent weight of 3 oz/ft. Each pass of
chopped roving shall be well-rolled pnor to the application of additional
reinforcement. The combined thickness of the inner surface and interior layer
shall not be less than o.10 in. (2.5 mrn)
•
2.04 WALL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE
A. After inner layer has been applied the manhole wall shall be constructed with
chop and continuous strand filament wound manufacturing process which insures
continuous reinforcement and uniform strength and composition. The cone
section, if produced separately, shall be affixed to the barrel section at the factory
with resin-glass reinforced joint resulting in a one piece unit. Seams shall be
fiberglassed on the inside and the outside using the same glass-resin jointing
procedure. Field joints shall not be acceptable by anyone except the
manufacturer.
2.05 EXTERIOR SURFACE
A. For a IJV inhibitor the resin on the exterior surface of the manhole shall have gray
pigment added for a minimum thickness .125 in.
TBE Groun Inc. Section N Trenchine BackfillinQ and Compacting
J:\00083\00083072.00�SpecslFinalPS\TechSec.doc 02531-2 November 2004
�
�
•
2.06 STUBOUTS AND CONNECTIONS
A. Upon request stubouts maybe installed. Installation of SDR PVC sewer pipe must
be performed by sanding, priming, and using resin fiber-reinforced hand layup.
The resin and fiberglass shall be same type and grade as used in the fabrication of
the fiberglass manhole. Inserta-Tee fittings maybe requested and installed per
manufacturers instructions. Kor-N-Seal boots may be installed by manhole
manufacturer using fiberglass reinforced pipe stubout for Kor-N-Seal boot sealing
surface.
2.07 MANHOLE BOTTOM
A. Upon request manholes may be required to have resin fiber-reinforced bottom.
Deeper manholes may require a minimtun of two fiberglass channel stiffening
ribs. All fiberglass manholes with a fiberglass bottom will have a minimum 3-
inch anti-flotation ring, or anchor lugs as shown on the drawings. Manhole
bottom shall be a minimum of %2-inch thick.
2.08 FIBERGLASS ENCLOSED INVERT AND BENCH AREA
A. Upon request a fiberglass enclosed invert and bench area may be installed in the
manhole. The invert will be formed using a non-corrosive material and
completely enclosed in a minimum 1/4 inch layer of fiberglass chop.
2.09 HEIGHT ADNSTMENT
A. Fiberglass manholes must have the ability to be height adjustable with the use of a
height adjustment ring. Height adjustment can be made as a field operation
without the use of uncured resins or fiberglass layups. Fiberglass manholes must
maintain all load and soundness characteristics required by A.S.T.M. D3753 after
height adjustment has occurred.
2.10 FILLERS AND ADDITIVES
A. Fillers, when used, shall be inert to the environment and manhole construction.
Sand shall not be accepted as an approved filler. Additives, such as thixotropic
agents, catalysts, promoters, etc., may be added as required by the specific
manufacturing process to be used to meet the requirements of this standard. The
resulting reinforced-plastic material must meet the requirements of this
specification.
2.11 REQUIREMENTS
A. Exterior Surface: The exterior surface shall be relatively smooth with no sharp
projections. Hand-work finish is acceptable if enough resin is present to eliminate
fiber show. The exterior surface shall be free of blisters larger than 0.5 in. in
diameter, delamination or fiber show.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N TrenchinQ, Backfilling and Compact�
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02531-3 November 2004
� B. Interior Surface: The interior surface shall be resin rich with no exposed fibers.
The surface shall be free of crazing, delamination, blisters larger than 0.5 in. in
diameter and wrinkles of 0.125 in. or greater in depth. Surface pits shall be
permitted if they are less than 0.75 in. in diameter and less than 0.0625 deep.
Voids that cannot be broken with finger pressure and that are entirely below the
resin surface shall be permitted if they aze less than 0.5 in. in diameter and less
than 0.0625 in. thick.
C. Repairs: Any manhole repair are subject to meet all requirements of this
specification.
D. Manhole Length: Manhole lengths shall be in 6 inches increments +/- 2 inches
E. Diameter Tolerance: Tolerance of inside diameter shall be +/- 1°/a of required
manhole diameter.
F. Load Rating: The complete manhole shall have a minimum dynamic-load rating
of 16,000 lbf. when tested in accordance with A.S.T.M. 3753 8.4 (note 1). To
establish this rating the complete manhole shall not leak, crack, or suffer other
damage when load tested to 40,000 lbf. and shall not deflect vertically downward
more than 0.25 in. at the point of load application when loaded to 24,000 lb.
• G. Stiffness: The manhole cylinder shall have the minimum pipe-stiffness values
shown in table below when tested in accordance with A.S.T.M. 3753 8.5 (note 1)
•
LENGTH - FT. F/AY - PSI
3 - 6.5 0.75
7 - 12.5 1.26
13 - 20.5 2.01
21 - 25.5 3.02
26 — 35 5 24
H. Soundness: In order to determine soundness, apply an air or water pressure test
to the manhole test sample. Test pressure shall not be less than 3 psig or greater
than 5 psig. While holding at the established pressure, inspect the entire manhole
for leaks. Any leakage through the laminate is cause for failure of the test. Refer
to A.S.T.M. 3753 8.6.
I. Chemical Resistance: The fiberglass manhole and all related components shall
be fabricated from conosion proof material suitable for atmospheres containing
hydrogen sulfide and dilute sulfuric acid as well as other gases associated with the
wastewater collection system.
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Trenchine, Backfilline and Compacting
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02531-4 November 2004
u
•
•
2.12 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Hoop
Direction
Axial
Direction
a. Tensile Strength (psi)18,000 5,000
b. Tensile Modules (psi)0.6 x 106 0.7 x 106
c. Flexural Strength (psi)26,000 4,500
d. Flexural Modules (psi) 1.4 x 106 0.7 x 106
e. Compressive (psi) 18,000 10,000
2.13 MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Each manhole shall be marked on the inside and outside with the following
information:
1. Manufacturer's name or trademark
2
3
4
Manufacturer's factory location
Manufacturer's serial number
Total length
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SHIPPING AND HANDLING
A. Do not drop or impact the fiberglass manhole. Fiberglass manhole may be lifted
by inserting a 4"x 4"x 30" timber into the top of manhole with cable attached or
by a sling or "choker" connection azound center of manhole, lift as required. Use
of chains or cables in contact with the manhole surface is prohibited.
3.02 CONCRETE
A. Fiberglass Bottom: Concrete may be used to form bench area and invert. Also
concrete may be used on top of anti-flotation ring and around the reducer section
as required for buoyancy.
B. Concrete Bottom: Lower manhole into wet concrete until it rests at the proper
elevation, with a minimum of 4 in. of fiberglass manhole inserted into the wet
concrete below flow line, then move manhole to plumb. The concrete shall
extend a minunum of one foot from the outside wall of the manhole and a
minimum of 6 in. above incoming lines. On the inside concrete shall form the
bench and invert area and rise a minimum of 4 in. above incoming lines. If
required by Engineer concrete may be used around reducer section for buoyancy.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Trenching Backfilling and Compacting
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 02531-5 November 2004
� 3.03 BACKFILL
A. Backfill Material: Unless shown otherwise on drawings and approved by the
Engineer, sand, crushed stone, or pea gravel shall be used for backfill axound the
manhole for a minimum distance of one foot from the outside surface and
extending from the bottom of the excavation to the top of the reducer section.
Suitable material chosen from the excavation may be used for the remainder of
the backfill. The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will
not readily break down under compaction. This material will be subject to
approval by Engineer.
�
�
B. Backfill Procedure: Backfill shall be placed in layers of not more than 12 loose
measure inches and mechanically tamped to 95% Standard Proctor Density,
unless otherwise approved by Engineer. Flooding will not be permitted. Backfill
shall be placed in such a manner as to prevent any wedging action against the
fiberglass manhole structure.
TBE Groun. Inc. Secrion N TrenchinQ Backfillin� and Compacting
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'maIPS\TechSec.doc 02531-6 November 2004
.
SECTION 02532
FIBERGLASS WETWELL OR LIFT STATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
A. Fiberglass reinforced polyester wetwells sha11 be manufactured from commercial
grade polyester resin or vinyl ester resin, with fiberglass reinforcements. The
resin system shall be suitable for atmospheres containing hydrogen sulfide and
dilute sulfuric acid as well as other gases associated with the wastewater
collection systems. The wetwell shall be a one piece unit manufactured by L. F.
Manufacturing, Inc., Giddings, Texas, 1-800-237-5791 or an approval equal.
B. MARHING AND IDENTIFICATION: Each wetwell shall be marked with the
following information.
a. (1) Manufacturer's name or trademark
b. (2) Manufacturing special number
c. (3) Total length and nominal diameter
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
� 2.01 MATERIALS
�
A. RESIN: The resins used shall be a commercial grade unsaturated polyester resin.
B. REINFORCING MATERIALS: The reinforcing materials shall be commercial
Grade "E" type glass in the form of mat, continuous roving, chopped roving,
roving fabric, or a combination of the above, having a coupling agent that will
provide a suitable bond between the glass reinforcement and the resin.
C. SURFACING MATERIALS: If reinforcing materials is used on the surface
exposed to the contained substance, it shall be a commercial grade chemical-
resistant glass that will provide a suitable bond with the resin and leave a resin
rich surface.
D. FILLERS AND ADDITIVES: Fillers, when used, shall be inert to the
environment and wetwell construction. Additives, such as thixotropic agents,
catalysts, promoters, etc., may be added as required by the specific manufacturing
process to be used. The resulting reinforced plastic material must meet the
requirement of this specification.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Fiberglass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02532-1 November 2004
�
•
•
2.02 FABRICATION
A. EXTERIOR SURFACE: The exterior surface shall be relatively smooth with no
sharp projections. Handwork finish is acceptable if enough resin is present to
eliminate fiber show. The exterior surface shall be free of blisters larger than 1/2
inch in diameter, delamination and fiber show.
B. INTERIOR SURFACE: The interior surface shall be resin rich with no exposed
fibers. The surface shall be free of grazing, delamination, blisters larger than 1/2
inch in diameter, and wrinkles of 1/8 inch or greater in depth. Surface pits shall be
permitted up to 6 square feet if they are less than 3/4 inch in diameter and less
than 1/16 inch deep.
C. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED BOTTOM: The bottom to be fabricated using
fiberglass material as stated in section A.2. Material and installation to meet all
physical requirements as per section A.4. Bottom to be attached to wetwell pipe
with fiberglass layup to comply with A.S.T.M.-D3299 specifications. When
reinforcement is necessary for strength, the reinforcement shall be fiberglass
channel laminated to wetwell bottom per A.S.T.M.-D3299.
D. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED TOP: The fiberglass wetwell top shall be
fabricated using fiberglass material as stated in section A.2. Material and
installation to meet all physical requirements as per section A.4. Top to be
attached to wetwell pipe with fiberglass layup to comply with A.S.T.M.-D3299
specifications. When reinforcement is necessary for strength, the reinforcement
shall be fiberglass channel laminated to wetwell bottom per A.S.T.M.-D3299.
E. INSTALLATION OF STUBOUTS: Effluent, service, or discharge lines made
be factory installed. Approved methods are PVC sewer pipe, Inserta-Tee fittings,
or Kor-N-Seal boots. Installation of stubouts to be fiberglass layup to comply
with A.S.T.M.-D3299 specifications.
F. DEFECTS NOT PERMITTED
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Exposed fibers: glass fibers not wet out with resin.
Resin runs: runs of resin and sand on the surface.
Dry areas: areas with glass not wet out with resin.
Delamination: separation in the laminate.
Blisters: light colored areas larger than 1/2 inch in diameter.
Crazing: cracks caused by sharp objects.
Pits or Voids: air pockets.
Wrinkles: smooth inegularities in the surface.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section IV Fiberglass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02532-2 November 2004
� 9. Sharp projection: fiber or resin projections necessitating gloves for
handling.
2.03 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. LOAD RATING: The complete wetwell shall have a minimum dynamio-load
rating of 16,000 ft-lbs when tested in accordance with Section A.S. To establish
this rating, the complete wetwell shall not leak, crack, or suffer other damage
when load tested to 40,000 ft-lbs and shall not deflect vertically downward more
than 1/4 inch at the point of load application when loaded to 24,000 lbs.
B. STIFFNESS: The wetwell cylinder shall have the minimum pipe-stiffness values
shown in Table 1 when tested in accordance with Section A.S.
Table 1
STIFFNESS RE UIREMENTS
Len th - Feet F/AY-PSI
10 to 20 2.01
21 to 30 3.02
31 to 40 5 24
�
C. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES:
�
LJ
Hoop Axial
D'uecrion Direction
a. Tensile Stren si 18,000 5,000
b. Tensile Modules si) 0.8 x 10 0.7 x 10
c. Flexural Stren si 26,000 4,500
d. Flexural Modules (psi)
(no ribs - 48", 60", 72") 1.4 x 106 0.7 x 106
with ribs - 96", 144") 0.7 x 106 0.7 x 106
2.04 TEST METHODS
A. Tests shall be performed as specified in A.S.T.M.-D3753 latest edition, Section 8.
TBE Groun, Inc. Section IV FiberQlass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 02532-3 November 2004
�
�
•
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. EXCAVATION
1. GENERAL: The limit of excavation shall be such to allow for placing
and removing forms, installing sheeting, shoring, bracing, etc. The
Contractor shall pile excavated material in a manner that will not endanger
the work and will avoid obstructing sidewalks, driveways, power poles,
etc. Drainage shall be kept clear.
2. VERTICAL SIDES: When necessary to protect existing or proposed
structures or other improvements, the Contractor shall maintain vertical
sides of the excavation. The limit shall not exceed three feet outside the
footing on a vertical plane parallel to the footing except where specifically
approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide and
install any sheeting, shoring, and bracing as necessary to provide a safe
work area as required to protect workmen, structures, equipment, power
poles, etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and
adequacy of all sheeting, shoring, and bracing. The sheeting, shoring, and
bracing shall be removed as the excavation is backfilled in such a manner
as to prevent injurious caving.
3. SLOPING SIDES: Where sufficient space is available, the Contractor
shall be allowed to back slope the sides of the excavation. The back slope
shall be such that the excavation shall be safe from caving. The type of
material being excavated shall govern the back slope used, but in any case
the back slope shall be no steeper than 1 foot horizontal to 1 foot vertical.
4. DEWATERING: The Contractor shal
water by use of cofferdams, bailing,
combination as the particular situatio
1 keep the excavation free from
pumping, well pointing, or any
n may warrant. All dewatering
devices shall be installed in such a manner as to provide clearance for
construction, removal of forms, and inspection of exterior of form work.
It is the intent of these specifications that the foundation be placed on a
firm dry bed. The foundation bed shall be kept in a dewatered condition a
sufficient period of time to insure the safety of the structure. All
dewatering methods and procedure are subject to the approval of the
Engineer. The excavation shall be protected from excessive rainfall,
drainage and drying. The excavation shall be inspected and approved by
the Engineer before work on the structure is started. It is the intent of
these specifications that the Contractor provide a relatively smooth, firm
foundation bed for footings and slabs that bear directly on the undisturbed
earth without additional cost to the Owner, regardless of the soil
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Fiber�lass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02532-4 November 2004
� conditions encountered. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to whether
these conditions have been met. The contractor shall pile excavated
material in a manner that will not endanger the work.
5. UNAUTHORIZED OVER EXCAVATION: Excavation for slabs,
footings, etc., that bear on earth shall not be carried below the elevation
shown on the drawings. In the event the excavation is carried on below
the indicated elevation, the Contractor shall bring the slab, footing, etc., to
the required grade by filling with concrete having a minimutn compressive
strength of at least 3,000 PSI at 28 days.
B. HANDLING: Do not drop or impact the wetwell. Wetwells shall be chocked if
stored horizontally. If wetwells must be moved by rolling, the ground transversed
shall be smooth and free of rocks, debris, etc. FRP wetwells may be lifted by the
installation of two lifting lugs as specified by the manufacturer on the outside
surface near the top or by a sling or "choker" connection around the center. Use
of chains or cables in contact with the wetwell surface is prohibited. Wetwells
may be lifted horizontally using one support point.
C. OPEN BOTTOM WETWELL INSTALLATION: Bottom of excavation
should be compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. Pour reinforced concrete
base one foot deep and at least two feet larger than the fiberglass wetwell outside
� diameter. As soon as the concrete has set-up enough to support the fiberglass
wetwell, lower the wetwell into place. Pour a minimum of one foot of reinforced
concrete on the inside, also a minimum of one foot deep and two feet from the
fiberglass wetwell wall on the outside of the wetwell. Insert ram neck type
sealant on the outside of fiberglass wetwell around the bottom where the
fiberglass and concrete come together.
D. CUTOUTS: Cutouts in wetwell wall should be made with proper cutting tools,
such as jig saw or hole saw. Do not use aace or other impact-type tools.
E. INSTALLATION OF SEWER PIPE
1. TYPE 1: Make the cutout in the wetwell wall, the outside diameter of
pipe, plus 1/2 inch maximum. Slip pipe into position. Apply
industrial grade silicone around the pipe next to the wetwell
wall cutout on the inside and on the outside. Cover the outside
siliconed area with epoxy grout and backfill.
2. TYPE 2: Make the cutout in the wetwell wall, the outside diameter of
pipe, plus 1/2 inch maximum. Grind the outside surface of the
pipe and both the inside and the outside
• 3. Surfaces of the cutout in the wetwell wall. ( Apply a priming agent to any
PVC pipe that might be used before fiberglass lay-up.) Insert the pipe
TBE Grouu. Inc. Section N Fiberelass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 02532-5 November 2004
. through the cutout in the wall of the wetwell. Apply fiberglass putty to the
inside and the outside of the wetwell wall cutout, filling openings between
pipe and cutout. Make a good radius for the fiberglass lay-up. After putty
has set-up, fiberglass the pipe into place. Use one layer of woven roving
sandwiched between two layers of fiberglass mat. Allow fiberglass to
completely set-up before backfilling. Fiberglass layup method to comply
with A.S.T.M.-D3299 specifications.
4. TYPE 3: Install Insert-A-Tee type fitting per manufacturers instruction.
(Fowler Mfg. Co., P.O. Box 767, Hillsboro, Or. 97123. PH.
503-359-5417) or approved equal.
F. CLOSED BOTTOM WETWELL INSTALLATION: Bottom of excavation
should be compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. Wetwells with diameters
72 inches or less require a base of 6 inches of crushed stone. Wetwells with
diameters larger than 72 inch should have poured reinforced concrete base one
foot deep and at least two feet larger than fiberglass wetwell outside diameter. As
soon as the concrete has set-up enough to support the fiberglass wetwell, lower
the wetwell into place. Place lag bolts or rebar through anti-flotation flange or
hold down lugs. Pour reinforced concrete a minimum of one foot deep and two
feet from outside wall of the wetwell. More concrete may be required in high
water table areas. In high water table areas you should consult your Engineer for
backfill requirements.
• G. FIBERGLASS WETWELL TOP: The fiber lass to ma hav
g p y e stubouts
installed or may have a raised fiberglass collaz around the hatch opening. The
fiberglass top has been designed to withstand the weight of a concrete reinforced
slab to be installed over it.
�
H. BACKFILL
1. BACKFILL MATERIAL: Unless shown otherwise on the drawings,
sand or crushed stone shall be used for backfill around the wetwell for a
distance of two feet from the outside surface and extending from the
bottom of the excavation to the bottom of the top slab. Suitable material
chosen from the excavation may be used for the remainder of the backfill.
The material chosen shall be free of large lumps or clods, which will not
readily break down under compaction. This material will be subject to
approval by the Engineer. Backfill material shall be free of vegetation or
other extraneous material. Excavated materials which are to be used for
fill or backfill may be stockpiled on the site. Location of stockpiles shall
be approved by the Engineer. Top soil should be stockpiled separately
and used for finish grading around the structure.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section IV Fiber�lass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 02532-6 November 2004
� 2. SCHEDULE OF BACKF'ILLING: The Contractor may begin
backfilling of wetwell as soon as the concrete has been allowed to cure
and the forms removed.
�
�J
3. BACKFILL LIFTS: Backfill shall be placed in layers of not more than
12 loose measure inches and mechanically tamped to at least 95%
Standard Proctor Density. Flooding will not be permitted. Backfill shall
be placed in such a manner as to prevent any wedging action against the
structure.
I. TOP SLAB SUPPORT: When installing a fiberglass wetwell without a
fiberglass top you should pour a reinforced concrete slab support a minimum of
two feet outside of fiberglass wetwell wall and a minimum of six inches thick.
The slab shall be specified and designed by project engineer.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Fiber�lass Wetwell or Lift Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02532-7 November 2004
�
SECTION 02574
PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work includes all labor and materials under this Section for cutting, removing,
protecting and replacing existing pavements of the various types encountered
including roadways, driveways and sidewalks.
B. Permits: The Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits prior to any roadway
work. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide advance notice to the
appropriate authority, as required, prior to construction operations.
C. Protection of Existing Improvements: The Contractor shall be responsible for the
protection of all types of pavements, sidewalks and other improvements within
the work area. All damage to such improvements, as a result of the Contractor's
operations, beyond the limits of the work of pavement replacement as described
herein, shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense.
• PART 2 - PRODUCTS
�
U
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Materials, including limerock, bituminous prime and tack coat, and asphaltic
concrete for the above work shall meet the requirements established therefore by
the FDOT Specifications.
1. Limerock shall be Miami or Ocala Limerock.
2. Bituminous prime coat material shall be cutback asphalt Grade RC-70
3. Bituminous tack coat material shall be emulsified asphalt Grade RS-2.
4. Asphaltic concrete shall be Type S-I or S-III.
5. Concrete material shall be Class I or II, andlor as otherwise required to
meet FDOT specifications.
6. Welded wire fabric, joint reinforcing welded wire fabric shall conform
with ASTM-A185 and ASTM-A615.
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV Pavement Removal and Reulacement
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02574-1 November 2004
� PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Pedestrian or school crossings: Where the work crosses or interferes with school
or pedestrian crossings, extreme care shall be taken by the Contractor to insure the
safety of school children or other pedestrians.
3.02 PERFORMANCE
A. Removals:
1. Pavement Removal:
a. Where existing pavement is to be removed, the surfacing shall be
mechanical saw cut prior to trench excavation, leaving a uniform
and straight edge, with minimum disturbance to the remaining
adjacent surfacing. The width of cut for this phase of existing
pavement removal shall be minimal.
b. Immediately following the specified backfilling and compaction, a
temporary sand seal coat surface shall be applied to the cut axeas.
• This temporary surfacing shall provide a smooth traffic surface
with the existing roadway and shall be maintained until final
restoration. Said surfacing shall remain for 10 days in order to
assure the stability of the backfill under normal traffic conditions.
Following this period and prior to 15 days after application, the
temporary surfacing shall be removed and final roadway surface
restoration accomplished.
•
c. In advance of final restoration, the temporary surfacing shall be
removed and the existing pavement mechanically sawed straight
and clean to the stipulated dimensions. Following the above
operation, the Contractor shall proceed immediately with final
pavement restoration in accordance with these requirements.
2. Sidewalk, Drive, & Curb Removal: Concrete sidewalks, curbs, combination
curb and gutter, walks, drive ribbons, or driveways shall be removed by
initially sawing the structure, with a suitable power saw, as specified
above for pavement. When a formed joint in the concrete is within 3 feet
of the proposed saw cut and parallels the proposed saw cut, the removal
line shall be extended to the formed joint. After sawing, the material shall
be removed.
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV Pavement Removal and Replacement
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 02574-2 November 2004
� B. Restorations:
1. General: Cut and removed driveway or roadway pavement in connection
with trench excavation shall be replaced or restored in equal or better
condition than the original and as may be shown on the Drawings. The
Drawings indicate minimum requirements. Backfill shall comply with the
other sections of these Specifications or FDOT Standards, whichever are
more stringent.
2. Pavement Restoration - Asphalt:
a. Limerock base course shall be compacted for its full thickness to
not less than 98 percent of maxunum density as determined by
AASHTO Designation T 180. Field density of limerock base in
place shall be determined by AASHTO Designation T 238.
b. Construction methods and equipment shall generally meet the
requirements thereof as established in the FDOT Specifications.
c. After the application of the prime coat on the base, the prime coat
shall be allowed to cure without sanding for a period of 24-hours.
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the
primed surface against damage during this interval. If, at the end
� of 24-hours, it is not proposed to proceed at once with the
application of the surface course, primed surface shall be given a
light application of clean sand and opened to traffic.
d. Joints with existing surface and base shall be sawed cut straight
and neat. If necessary to obtain a straight net joint, the contractor
shall cut out sufficient existing material and replace it with new
material.
e. The upper surface of the completed base course shall be compacted
to an elevation to permit the full depth of the surface course to be
constructed without deviating from the grade of the pavement
surface. The completed surface shall match the line and grade of
the existing surface. When pavement is removed to the edge of the
roadway, the replaced base course shall extend not less than 6-
inches beyond the edge of the surfacing.
f. After the base course construction in the trench area has been
completed and primed, the surface shall be tack coated and the
thickness of Type S-I asphaltic concrete shall be constructed in
accordance with the plans or requirements specified above for
pavement restoration.
•
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Pavement Removal and Replacement
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02574-3 November 2004
3. Driveway Restoration - Asphalt: Driveway pavement with limerock base
� cut and removed in connection with trench excavation shall be replaced or
restored as specified above for street or roadway pavement, except the
new limerock base course shall be equivalent to the existing base course in
thickness, except that in no case shall new driveway base course be less
than 6-inches in thiclrness. Muck or unsuitable material found under
existing driveway construction will not be removed and replaced.
4. Concrete, Sidewalk, Walkway, Driveway Ribbon and Curb Restoration:
a. Concrete sidewalks, walkways, driveways, driveway ribbons and
curbs required to be removed for the installation of facilities under this
Contract shall be restored. Class I concrete shall be used in all cases.
b. Replaced portions of these items shall conform to the lines, grades
and cross sections of the removed portions. Concrete sidewalks
and walkways shall be of 4-inch minimum thickness; concrete
driveways and driveway ribbons shall be 6-inch minimum
thickness. Replaced concrete curb and/or gutter shall be joined
neatly to the remaining section.
5. Pavement Restoration - Concrete: Rigid pavement shall be replaced in
kind with Class I concrete, using high early strength cement. The
subgrade course for rigid pavement shall be replaced with stabilized
� subgrade or clean fill rnaterial and compacted to a thickness to match the
existing base.
a. The Contractor shall saw cut and remove the existing concrete to
the nearest joint as directed in the field by the Owner's
Representative. Provision for expansion joints (minimum 1/2"
preformed joint filler) and saw cut joints shall be a part of the
restoration work for the driveway and roadway.
6. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course Overlay:
a. The work under this section includes asphaltic concrete surface
course overlay paving as and where directed by the Owner or his
authorized representative. Where this paving is directed it shall
take the place of asphaltic concrete pavement restoration as
specified herein above. This surface course overlay shall extend
over the reconstructed base course and the existing pavement to the
limits directed by the Owner or his authorized representative,
which generally shall be full width of the roadway.
b. After the base course construction in the trench area has been
completed and primed, the surface shall be tack coated and the
thickness of Type S-III asphaltic concrete shall be constructed in
accordance with the plans or requirements specified above for
� pavement restoration.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Pavement Removal and Replacement
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02574-4 November 2004
• 7. Nonsurfaced streets, alleys and driveways shall be restored with 6-inches
of compacted limerock base material placed in the top of the trench.
•
•
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc. Secrion N Pavement Removal and Renlacement
J:\00083\00083072.00�,Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02574-5 November 2004
�
SECTION 02934
SODDING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
The work specified in this section consist of the establishing of a stand of grass, within the areas
indicated on the Drawings, by the furnishing and placing of grass sod, fertilizing, watering and
maintaining the sodded areas to assure a healthy stand of grass.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A certification of sod quality by the producer shall be delivered to the Engineer ten days prior to
use.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 GRASS SOD
Grass sod shall be either St. Augustine Bitter Blue or Floratam and shall be well matted with
grass roots. The sod shall be taken up in rectangles, preferably 12-inch by 24-inch, shall be a
• minirnum of 2-inches in thickness and shall be live, fresh and uninjured at the time of planting.
It shall be reasonably free of weeds and other grasses and shall have a soil mat of sufficient
thickness adhering firmly to the roots to withstand all necessary handling. The sod shall be
planted as soon as possible after being dug and shall be shaded and kept moist until it is planted.
2.02 FERTILIZER
A. Commercial fertilizers shall comply with the state fertilizer laws.
B. The numerical designations for fertilizer indicate the minimum percentages
(respectively) of (1) total nitrogen, (2) available phosphoric acid and (3) water-
soluble potash contained in the fertilizer.
C. The chemical designation of the fertilizer shall be 12-8-8. At least 50 percent of
the phosphoric acid shall be from normal super phosphate or an equivalent source
which will provide a minimum of two units of sulfur. The amount of sulfur shall
be indicated on the quantitative analysis card attached to each bag or other
container.
2.03 WATER FOR GRASSING
The water used in the sodding operations may be obtained from any approved spring, pond, lake,
stream or municipal water system. The water shall be free of excess and harmful chemicals,
. acids, alkalies, or any substance which might be hannful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic.
Salt water shall not be used.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section N Sodding
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 02934-1 November 2004
! PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION OF GROUND
The area over which the sod is to be placed shall be scarified or loosened to a suitable depth and
then raked smooth and free from rocks or stones. Where the soil is sufficiently loose, the
Owner's Representative, at his discretion, may authorize the elimination of ground preparation.
3.02 APPLICATION OF FERTILIZER
A. Before applying fertilizer, the soil pH shall be brought to a minimum range of 6.0
- 7.0.
B. The fertilizer shall be spread uniformly over the area to be sodded at the rate of
500 pounds per acre, by a spreading device capable of uniformly distributing the
material at the specified rate. Immediately after spreading, the fertilizer shall be
mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 4-inches.
C. On steep slopes, where the use of a machine for spreading or mixing is not
practicable, the fertilizer shall be spread by hand and raked in and thoroughly
mixed with the soil to a depth of approximately 2-inches.
� 3.03 PLACING SOD
•
A. The sod shall be placed on the prepared surface, with edges in close contact and
shall be firmly and smoothly embedded by light tamping with appropriate tools.
B. Where sodding is used in drainage ditches, the setting of the pieces shall be
staggered so as to avoid a continuous seam along the line of flow. Along the
edges of such staggered areas, the offsets of individual strips shall not exceed 6-
inches. In order to prevent erosion caused by vertical edges at the outer limits, the
outer pieces of sod shall be tamped so as to produce a featheredge effect.
C. On steep slopes, the Contractor shall, if so directed by the Owner's
Representative, prevent the sod from sliding by means of wooden pegs driven
through the sod blocks into firm earth, at suitable intervals.
D. Sod which has been cut for more than 72 hours shall not be used unless
specifically authorized by the Owner's Representative after his inspection thereof.
Sod which is not planted within 24 hours after cutting shall be stacked in an
approved manner and maintained and properly moistened. Any pieces of sod
which, after placing, show an appearance of extreme dryness shall be removed
and replaced by fresh, uninjured pieces.
TBE Grouu. Inc. Secrion IV Sodding
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 02934-2 November 2004
E. Sodding shall not be performed when weather and soil conditions are, in the
� Owner's Representative opinion, unsuitable for proper results.
�
�J
3.04 WATERING
The areas on which the sod is to be placed shall contain sufficient moisture, as determined by the
Owner's Representative, for optimum results. After being placed, the sod shall be kept in a moist
condition to the full depth of the rooting zone for at least 2 weeks. Thereafter, the Contractor
shall apply water as needed until the sod roots and starts to grow for a minimum of 60 days (or
until final acceptance, whichever is latest).
3.05 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall, at his expense, maintain the sodded areas in a satisfactory
condition until final acceptance of the project. Such maintenance shall include
repairing of any damaged areas and replacing areas in which the establishment of
the grass stand does not appear to be developing satisfactorily.
B. Replanting or repair necessary due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness or
failure to provide routine maintenance shall be at the Contractor's expense.
Replanting necessary due to factors determined to be beyond the control of the
Contractor shall be paid for under the appropriate contract pay items.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc Section N SoddinQ
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 02934-3 November 2004
�
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included under this section consists of furnishing all materials, forms,
transportation and equipment, and performing all necessary labor to do all the
plain and reinforced concrete work shown on the Drawings, or incidental to the
proper execution of the work, or as herein specified.
B. Composition: Concrete shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse
aggregate, and water, so proportioned and mixed as to produce a plastic workable
mixture in accordance with all requirements under this section suitable to the
specific conditions of placement.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. All materials specified shall be certified by the producer or manufacturer that the
furnished material meets the specific requirements of the specifications.
� PART 2 - PRODUCTS
�
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement:
1. Cement: Cement for all concrete shall be domestic Portland cement that
conforms to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 150, Type I, Type
II or Type III. Type III cement for high early strength concrete shall be
used only for special locations and only with the approval of the Owner.
Type II cement containing the lowest calcium thiosulfate available shall be
used in the construction of sanitary sewer manholes, wet wells, pump
stations and other structures in contact with sewage.
2. Only one brand of cement shall be used in any individual structure unless
approved by the Owner. Cement, which has become damaged, partially
set, lumpy or caked, shall not be used and the entire contents of the sack or
container which contains such cement will be rej ected. No salvaged or
reclaimed cement shall be used.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 03300-1 November 2004
�
�
•
B. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of the Florida
Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction", latest edition.
C. Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate shall conform to the requirements of the
Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction", latest edition, except that slag shall not be used and the
gradation shall be grade 57.
D. Water: Water shall be taken from a potable water supply and shall be fresh, clean
and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali or organic matter.
E. Admixtures: No admixtures shall be used except by specific approval. When
approved, admixtures shall meet the following minimum standards.
1. Air entraining agent: ASTM C 260.
2. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D and free
of chlorides.
F. Membrane Curing Compound: Membrane curing compound shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO Designation M 148, Type 1-clear, or Type 2-white
pigmented.
G
H
I.
Expansion Joint Filler:
1. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be of the non-extruding and resilient
bituminous type and conform to the requirements of AASHTO
Designation M 213.
2. Expansion joint filler shall be gray neoprene sponge rubber that conforms
to AASHTO Designation M 153, Type I.
Membrane: Membrane shall be a 6 mil polyethylene film.
Reinforcing Steel:
1. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation
A 615, Deformed Grade 60, except where otherwise indicated.
a.
b.
The name of the manufacturer of the reinforcing steel shall be
called out in the shop drawings together with a sketch showing the
pattern of the deformation, including the mill mark.
Bar reinforcement shall be accurately fabricated in accordance
with the latest CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The Contractor
shall have prepared and shall submit to the Owner in sextuplicate,
necessary shop drawings and bar lists. The Contractor shall be
TBE Group Inc Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 03300-2 November 2004
�
responsible for errors made in shop drawings reviewed by the
Owner or his authorized representative.
2. Welded wire fabric for concrete reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM Designation A 185 and shall be formed with
smooth cold-drawn wire.
3. Cold-drawn wire for spirals sha11 be plain and shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM Designation A 82 with a minimum yield strength
of 70,000 psi.
4. Bar Supports:
a. Bar supports for reinforcing steel shall conform to the
requirements of CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, Chapter 3 and
shall be of a height to furnish the concrete cover called for on
Drawings. High chairs shall be furnished for bent or top bars in
solid slabs. Bar supports to be in contact with exterior surfaces of
concrete shall be Class C with plastic caps at least 1-inch in length
on the leg tips, or Class E with stainless steel legs. Bar supports
shall be spaced not more than 100 times the diameter of the bars to
be supported, with not more than 1/4 spacing from the end of the
supported bars to the first chair.
b. Bar supports for slabs on grade shall be plain concrete blocks, 3-
� inches high by 4-inches square with tie wires embedded in support.
Concrete strength shall be at 3,000 psi at time of use.
J. Forms: Forms shall be of wood, steel or other approved materials. The sheeting
for all exposed surfaces shall be 5-ply plywood, unless otherwise specifically
authorized. Forms of like character shall be used for similarly exposed surfaces in
order to produce a uniform appearance. Forming for exposed exterior concrete
from 1-foot below finished exterior grade to top of structure shall be carefully
fabricated so as to provide a smooth finish without defects. The type, size, shape,
quality and strength of all materials of which the forms are made shall be subject
to the approval of the Owner. If it is his opinion that the interior surfaces of the
forms are too irregular to produce the specified finish, they shall be lined with
smooth, dense, moisture resistant hardboard or other material of which he
approves.
K. Nonshrink Grout: Nonshrink grout shall be nonmetallic, pre-mixed type and shall
be Sauereisen F-100 Level Fill, Master Builders Masterflow 713, Burke Non-
Ferrous, Non-Shrink Grout or approved equal.
L. Sealer: Sealer shall be applied over existing cleaned surface and proposed
concrete surface. The preventative silane shall be a clear solution of an Alkyl
Silane formulated at 20 percent and 40 percent active Silane in DOT non-
• flammable, mineral spirit solvent. Product shall be system 8244 made Polymer
Systems, Inc. or equivalent.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.001Specs\FinaiPS\TechSec.doc 03300-3 November 2004
�
•
•
2.02 CLASSIFICATION AND STRENGTH OF CONCRETE
2.03
A. Class and minimum strength requirements for concrete shall be as tabulated
below. '
B. Strength Requirements: Concrete shall meet the following minimum 28-day
compressive strength.
Miscellaneous Concrete 2,500 psi
(thrust blocks, pipe encasement, etc.)
Concrete Curb/Gutter/
Sidewalk/Pavement
Cast-in-Place/Precast Structures
Prestressed Structures
PROPERTIES AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX
A. Tests and Design Mix:
3,000 psi
4,000 psi
5,000 psi
1. The Contractor, 30 days before the beginning of concrete work, shall
advise the Owner or his authorized representative of the proposed sources
of the materials, or ready-mixed concrete, which the Contractor intends to
use in the work. A design mix which has been used by the concrete
supplier before, may be submitted for approval provided the proportions
and strengths meet the requirements of this specifications.
2. The source and manufacturer of material after once having been approved
shall not be changed by the Contractor, except as approved by the Owner
or his authorized representative, and additional laboratory tests may be
required by the Owner or his authorized representative to prove
conformance with specification requirements.
3. If during the progress of the work, tests indicate that concrete is not being
produced in accordance with these Specifications, the Owner or his
authorized representative may order changes in the materials or their
proportions so as to secure concrete as specified.
B. Slump: Slumps shall be as low as possible consistent with proper placing. Low
slump concrete shall be used for footing and slabs on grade. Medium slump
concrete shall be used for walls, columns and suspended slabs.
TBE Group Inc Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 03300-4 November 2004
�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Concrete Mixing:
Equipment: The concrete shall be ready-mixed and the equipment shall
conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM Designation C 94.
2. Measurement: Equipment necessary to positively determine and control
the actual amounts of all materials entering the concrete shall be provided
by the Contractor or the concrete manufacturer. All materials shall be
measured by weight, except that water may be measured by volume. A
bag of cement weighs 94 pounds.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Forms:
1. Construction:
a. Forms shall be built true to line and grade, and shall be mortartight
and sufficiently rigid to prevent displacement or sagging between
� supports. Particular attention shall be given to adequacy of
supports and shoring, which is the Contractor's responsibility. The
surfaces of forms used for permanently exposed surfaces shall be
�
smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags,
for surfaces to receive stucco finish shall be
application. Bolts and rods used for internal
or holes. Forms
suitable for its
ties shall be so
arranged that, when the forms are removed, all metal is at least 1%z
inch from any concrete surface. Form ties shall be removed
immediately after removal of forms, and holes shall be thoroughly
plugged with grout within 24 hours after form removal and kept
damp for 4 days to prevent shrinking.
b. Wire ties will not be permitted. All forms shall be so constructed
that they can be removed without hammering or prying against the
concrete. Unless otherwise indicated, suitable moldings shall be
placed to bevel or round exposed edges at expansion joints or at
any other corners that are to remain. Beams below grade shall
have forms at both sides.
2. Coating: Prior to the placing of steel reinforcement or concrete, forms for
exposed surfaces shall be coated with a non-staining paraffin base oil or
mineral oil. Forms for unexposed surfaces may be thoroughly wetted in
lieu of oiling, immediately before the placing of concrete.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 03300-5 November 2004
3. Removal: Forms andlor form supports shall not be removed from any
• concrete until it has obtained sufficient strength to support itself and any
live loads it may be subjected to, and then only with the approval of the
Owner or his authorized representative.
B. Reinforcing Steel: When placed in the forms, reinforcement shall be clean and
free of all rust, scale, dust, dirt, paint, oil or other foreign material and shall be
accurately and securely positioned in the forms as shown on the Drawings before
the placing of concrete. Reinforcing steel shall be wired or otherwise fastened
together at intersections and shall be supported by concrete or metal supports,
spacers or hangers. Bar supports, where adjacent to the ground, shall be set on
precast concrete pads compressed into the subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain
approval before fastening reinforcing steel at intersections by welding methods.
1. Splicing of reinforcement shall be held to a minimum and shall be placed
at points of minimum stress. Bars shall be lapped at splices a minimum of
24 bar diameters unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed, and
shall be rigidly wired or clamped.
2. Wire fabric shall be straightened before placing and shall overlap one full
space of inesh at ends and edges and shall be securely fastened. Fabric
shall be supported so as to occupy its proper location in the concrete as
shown on the Drawings. Fabric shall not cross any expansion joints.
C. Embedded Items: In addition to steel reinforcement, pipes, inserts and other
• metal objects as shown, specified or ordered shall be built into, set in or attached
to the concrete. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent these objects
from being displaced, broken or deformed. Before concrete is placed, care shall
be taken to determine that all embedded parts are firmly and securely fastened in
place as indicated. They shall be thoroughly clean and free from paint or other
coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. No wood shall be embedded in
concrete. The concrete shall be packed tightly around pipes and other metal work
to prevent leakage and to secure perfect adhesion. Drains shall be adequately
protected from intrusion of concrete.
�
D. Concrete:
1. General: Reinforcement shall be secured in position, inspected and
approved before placing concrete. Runways for transporting concrete
shall not rest on reinforcing steel. Concrete not placed within 90 minutes
from the time mixing is started will be rejected and shall be removed from
the job by the Contractor. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as
practicable in final position. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely
more than six feet. All concrete shall be placed in daylight and (excepting
seal concrete) shall be placed in the dry unless otherwise authorized in
writing.
TBE Grou Inc. Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 03300-6 November 2004
2. Slabs Placed On Subgrade: Slab concrete placed on earth or fill subgrade
• shall be separated from direct contact with the subgrade by 6 mil
polyethylene film or other approved material. Sidewalks and walkways
will not require a separation sheet. Polyethylene film shall be lapped 4-
inches on sides and 12-inches on ends.
3. 3.Compaction: Concrete shall be compacted by internal vibrating
equipment, supplemented by hand rodding and tamping as required.
Vibrators shall in no case be used to move the concrete laterally inside the
forms. Intemal vibrators shall maintain a speed of at least 50000 impulses
per minute when submerged in concrete. (At least one spare vibrator in
working condition shall be maintained at the site during concrete placing
operations.) Duration of vibration shall be limited to time necessary to
produce satisfactory consolidation without causing segregation. Vibrator
shall be moved constantly and placed in each specific spot only once.
4. Bonding: Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has
set, the surfaces of the set concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned so as to
expose the coarse aggregate and be free of laitance, coatings, foreign
matter anc� loose particles. Forms shall be retightened. The cleaned
surfaces shall be dampened, but not saturated, and then thoroughly
covered with a coat of cement grout of similar proportions to the mortar in
the concrete. The grout shall be as thick as possible on vertical surfaces
and at least 1/4-inch thick on horizontal surfaces. The fresh concrete shall
• be placed before the grout has attained its initial set.
5. Protection: Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the ratio of mixing
water nor to damage the surface finish. Concrete shall be protected from
disfigurement, damage, vibration, internal fractures and construction
overloads.
E. Curing:
1. All concrete, including gunite, shall be water cured by covering with a
double thickness of clean burlap, cotton mats, or other approved material
kept thoroughly saturated with water. The forms shall be kept wet until
removed and upon removal, the curing specified herein shall be started
immediately. Concrete shall be cured for a period of 7 days for normal
Portland cement or 4 days for high early strength cement. Concrete
poured in the dry shall not be submerged until it has attained sufficient
strengkh to adequately sustain the stress involved nor shall it be subjected
to flowing water across its surface until it has cured 4 days. Curing of
gunite shall be started as soon as possible without damaging surface and
not later than 2 hours after placing.
2. In lieu of wet burlap or cotton mats as specified above, concrete slabs may
be covered with wet sand and kept moist for the specified curing period.
• The initial curing period of not less than 24 hours shall consist of the wet
TBE Group Inc Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 03300-7 November 2004
burlap or cotton mat method, then the wet sand method may be utilized
. until the end of the curing period.
3. Concrete surfaces which will not be coated, painted, plastered, stuccoed,
covered with tile or floor covering or requiring a bonding surface may be
cured by means of a membrane curing compound in lieu of the wet cure
method. The curing compound shall be applied immediately after a
satisfactory surface finish has been completed or forms have been
removed. The rate of application of inembrane curing compound shall be
at least one gallon to every 200 square feet of exposed surface to be cured.
The membrane curing compound and impervious covering shall be
continuous and without defects and shall retain the required moisture in
the concrete. Membrane curing compound that becomes damaged by rain,
foot traffic or other conditions within 5 days of application shall be
reapplied.
F. Finishes:
1. As soon as forms can safely be removed, all irregular projections shall be
chipped off flush with the concrete surfaces. All voids produced by
spacers or any honeycombing shall be pointed up with grout and troweled
flush with the concrete surface immediately after removal of forms and
water cured to prevent shrinkage. Honeycombing shall be cut out to
� expose a sound concrete surface prior to pointing. The use of mortar
pointing or patching shall be confined to the repair of small defects in
relatively green concrete. Where substantial repairs are required, the
defective concrete shall be cut out to sound concrete and repaired with
gunite or the concrete shall be removed and reconstructed as directed.
•
2. Floor slabs shall be brought to a true and even finish by power or hand
floating in a manner that will not bring excess fines to the surface. The
consistency of the concrete shall be such that water does not accumulate at
the surface. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the surface shall be
floated with a wood float and shall be steel troweled to a smooth finish.
Troweling shall be the minimum to obtain a smooth, dense surface and
shall not be done until the mortar has hazdened sufficiently to prevent
excess fine material from being worked to the surface. If so directed, the
surface shall be brushed lightly with a push broom so as to produce a
nonslip surface.
3. Concrete surfaces that are not exposed in the completed work will require
no special finish other than such pointing up and rubbing as is necessary to
leave them smooth and impervious.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 03300-8 November 2004
4. Other surfaces which will be exposed in the completed work shall be
� finished by being rubbed smooth with a float and water or a carborundum
brick. The final surface shall be smooth and dense, without pits,
irregularities, blow holes or bubbles.
G. Grout:
Grout for pointing and patching shall consist of cement and fine aggregate
mixed in the proportions used in the concrete and a minimum amount of
water to produce a workable grout.
2. Material for grouting column base plates, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars,
pipe sleeves and pump base plates shall be of the non-shrink type and shall
be mixed and placed as recommended by the manufacturer. Machinery set
on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout has cured for at least 24
hours.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: The quality of the concrete as to conformance to the specifications is the
entire responsibility of the Contractor until it is accepted in place in the structure
and verified by the final cylinder tests made by the laboratory. Arrangements for
� field testing shall be made by the Contractor with the laboratory as selected by the
Owner.
•
B. Compressive Tests: Standard laboratory compressive test cylinders will be
obtained by the laboratory when concrete is discharged from the mixer at the site
of the work. A set of 6 cylinders will be obtained for each 60 cubic yards or
fraction thereof placed each day, for each type of concrete. The cylinders will be
cured under laboratory conditions and will be tested in two goups of three at 7
and 28 days of age, respectively.
C. Slump Tests: The laboratory of the Owner or their representative will make
slump tests of concrete as it is discharged from the mixer at the site of the work.
Slump tests will be made for each 25 cubic yards or "pour" of concrete placed.
Slump tests may be made on any batch and failure to meet specified slump
requirements will be sufficient cause for rejection of that batch.
D. Reports: Proper reports of all tests performed by the laboratory and submitted
promptly to the Owner. Such reports shall be properly labeled so as to identify
the portions of the project into which the materials have been placed.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section N Concrete
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 03300-9 November 2004
l�_J
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this section consists of providing all labor, equipment,
materials, and incidentals. necessary to grout the various items listed hereinafter
and indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for review on the following items:
1. Nonshrink grout data shall include grout properties, mixing, surface
preparation and installations.
i.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
• A. Grouting materials shall be delivered and stored in unbroken containers with seals
and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer.
•
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Group: Sauereisen F-100 Level Fill, Master Builders
Masterflow 713, Burke Non-Ferrous, Non-Shrink Grout or approved equal pre-
mixed type.
B. Nonshrink Metallic Group: Master Builders Embeco 636 Grout Premixed type,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. All bonding surfaces shall be clean and dust and oil free.
TBE Group Inc Section IV Grout
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 03600-1 November 2004
3.02 INSTALLATION
� A. Non-shrink Grout:
�
•
1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout shall be used for grouting precast concrete
wall panel connections, column base plates, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars,
pipe sleeves, machinery supports and pump base plates.
2. Nonshrink grout shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the
manufacturer.
3. Grout shall be mixed as close to the work area as possible and transported
quickly to its final position in a manner which will not permit segregation
of materials.
4. Nonshrink grout shall be cured with water saturated burlap for at least
three days.
5. Machinery set on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout has cured
for at least 24 hours.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc. Section IV Grout
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 03600-2 November 2004
�
�
SECTION 09910
EXISTING MANHOLE REHABILITATION
PART 1 — GENERAI�
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing all necessary labor,
equipment and materials and in performing all operations necessary for installing
a epoxy liner system in the existing manholes to provide a watertight and
corrosion-resistant lining. The manholes shall be lined with a spray application of
high build epoxy coating system. The spray-applied epoxy coating system shall
be AquataPoxy A-6, as manufactured by Raven Lining Systems, Inc., Tulsa,
Oklahoma (800/324-2810, Fax 918/582-4311).
1.02 SUBMITTALS
1.03
1.04
A. Manufacturer certification that Applicator has been trained and approved in the
handling, mixing and application of the products to be used.
B. Certification that the equipment to be used for applying the products has been
manufactured or approved by the protective coating manufacturer and Applicator
personnel have been trained and certified for proper use of the equipment.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. A protective coating manufacturer's representative shall provide at least two days
of on-site observation and site specific recommendations relative to surface
preparation, handling, application and curing of its products. In addition, the
manufacturer shall provide written certification that Applicator has been trained
and certified by the manufacturer to handle and apply their products.
REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair materials shall be used to fill voids, structurally reinforce and/or rebuild
surfaces, etc., as determined necessary by the engineer and protective coating
applicator. Repair materials must be compatible with the specified epoxy coating
and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. The following products may be accepted and approved as compatible repair
basecoat materials for epoxy top coating for use within the specifications:
1. 100 percent solids epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy top
� coating compatibility. The epoxy grout manufacturer shall provide
TBE Group Inc Section IV ExistinQ Manhole Rehabilitation
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 09910-1 November 2004
�
�
u
1.05
1.06
1.07
instructions for trowel or spray application and for epoxy top coating
procedures.
2. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non-
shrink repair mortar that can be trowelled or pneumatically spray applied
may be approved if specifically formulated to be suitable for epoxy
topcoating. Such repair mortars should not be used unless their
manufacturer provides information as to its suitability for top coating with
an epoxy coating. Project specific submittals should be provided,
including application, cure time and surface prepazation procedures, which
pertnit optimum bond strength with the epoxy coating.
PROTECTIVE COATING APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
A. Specifically designed, or approved for use by the protective coating manufacturer,
heated plural component spray equipment for use in the application of the
specified protective coating.
SURFACE PREPARATION
A. All concrete that is not sound or has been damaged by chemical exposure shall be
removed to a sound concrete surface.
B. All contaminants including: Oils, grease, unsound or incompatible existing
coatings, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, or
other contaminants shall be removed.
C. All surfaces shall be repaired as required by the epoxy protective coating system
in the intended service condition.
APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATING
A. Application procedures shall conform to the recommendations of the protective
coating manufacturer, including material handling, mixing, and environmental
controls during application, safety, and spray equipment.
:
C�
The spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply
the specified protective coating materials and shall be regularly maintained and in
proper working order.
The protective coating material shall be spray applied by a Certified Applicator of
the protective coating manufacturer.
D. Specified surfaces shall be coated by spray application of a moisture tolerant,
solventless, 100 percent solids, self-priming epoxy protective coating as futher
described herein. The coating will be applied to minimum film thicknesses of 125
mils.
E. Airless spray application equipment approved by the coating manufacturer shall
be used to apply each coat of the protective coating to avoid any potential
TBE Group Inc Section IV Exisrine Manhole Rehabilitation
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 09910-2 November 2004
contamination from compressed air oil which may encourage inter-coat
� delamination. Air assisted spray application equipment may be acceptable,
especially for thinner coats (<10 mils), only if the air source is filtered to
completely remove all oil and water.
1.08 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. During application, a wet film thickness gage, such as those available through
Paul N. Gardner Company, Inc., meeting ASTM D4414 — Standard Practice for
Measurement of Wet Film Thickness of Organic Coatings by Notched Gages,
shall be used to ensure a monolithic coating and uniform thickness during
application.
B. After the protective coating has set hard to the touch, it shall be inspected with
high-voltage holiday detection equipment. An induced holiday shall be made on
to the coated concrete surface and shall serve to determine the
minimum/maximum voltage to be used to test the coating for holidays at that
particular area. The spark tester shall be initially set at 100 volts per 1 mil (25
microns) of film thickness applied, but may be adjusted as necessary to detect the
induced holiday. All detected holidays shall be marked and repaired by abrading
the coating surface with grit disk paper or other hand tooling method. After
abrading and cleaning, additional protective coating material can be hand applied
to the repair area. All touch-up/repair procedures shall follow the protective
• coating manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Measurement of bond strength of the protective coating to the substrate can be
made at regular intervals and along different sections of the structure (i.e., crown
of pipe, wall, invert — every 200 feet). Bond strength can be measured in
accordance with ASTM D4541. Any areas detected to have inadequate (less than
300 psi to concrete) bond strength shall be evaluated by the Project Engineer.
Further bond tests may be performed in that area to determine the extend of
potentially deficient bonded area and repairs shall be made by Applicator in strict
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
.
D. A final visual inspection shall be made by the Inspector and manufacturer's
representative. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and
repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Applicator.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc Section IV Exisring Manhole Rehabilitation
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 09910-3 November 2004
�
•
•
SECTION 15050
PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAI.
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and
materials and in performing all operations necessary for the construction or
installation of all piping, valves, valve boxes and all castings and appurtenances
within, adjacent and connecting to the sewage pump station and force main
modifications and inside the limits of the work shown therefore, complete and
ready for operation as shown on the Drawings and specified herein.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. In general, the following shop or data drawings shall be submitted for approval:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Test certificates for pipe (Mill Test Reports)
Details for Restrained Joints
All Valves and Valve Boxes
Weld Inspection Reports
Meter Vault Cover and Frame
Detail Piping Layout Drawings
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
:
During shipping, delivering and installing pipe and accessories, they shall be
handled in such a manner as to ensure a sound undamaged condition.
Particular care shall be taken not to damage the pipe lining and coating.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
A. General: Pipe for wastewater lines and drain lines, 4-inches in nominal inside
diameter or greater shall be ductile iron pipe, except as otherwise indicated. Pipe
for underground use shall be mechanical or push on joints, and exposed pipe in
structures, i.e., wet well, valve vault, etc., for above ground use shall be flanged,
TBE Group, Inc Section IV Pipine. Fittines, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-1 November 2004
unless otherwise indicated. Pipe shall be provided with joint types, designs and
• materials compatible to the pipe with which it connects.
B. Iron Pipe Lining for Sewage: Ductile iron pipe and fittings for sanitary sewer
force mains shall be epoxy lined. Epoxy lining shall be 40 mil nominal dry film
thickness (multi-pass process) and shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy as
manufactured by the Protecto Division of Vulcan Painters, Inc., or equal. The
interior of the ductile iron pipe and fittings shall not have been lined with any
substance prior to the application of the specified lining material and no coating
shall have been applied to the first six inches of the exterior of the spigot ends.
The lining shall be applied by a competent firm with a successful history of
applying linings to the interior of ductile iron pipe and fittings. Surface
preparation, lining of pipe, coating of bell sockets and spigot ends, number of
coats and touch up and repair shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. The pipe or fitting manufacturer shall supply a certificate
attesting that the applicator met the requirements of this specification; that the
material used was as specified; that the linings have the nominal dry film
thickness specified; and, that the linings have no pinholes when tested with a
nondestructive 2,500 volt test. Lined pipe and fittings shall be handled only from
the outside of the pipe and fittings.
C. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be class 51 or greater. All buried ductile iron
pipe and fittings shall be polyethylene encased (minimum 8 mil) in accordance
� with ANSUAWWA A21.5/C105 and ASTM A674. All fittings shall be restrained
j oints.
D. Plastic Pipe:
1. Unless otherwise specified, all pressure pipe smaller than 4-inches in
nominal inside diameter shall be PVC. PVC pipe that is exposed to
sunlight shall either be resilient to deterioration due to sunlight or be
coated in some manner so as to protect the pipe.
2. Plastic pipe smaller than 2-inches shall be Schedule 80, PVC pipe, with
threaded joints and shall conform to the requirements of AST1V1
Designation D 1785, Class 1120 or 1220.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe 2-inches in
diameter or larger shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 2241,
Class 1120 or 1220, SDR 26, for a minimum pressure rating of 160 PSI at
73° F.
4. Plastic pipe furnished under (2) and (3) above shall bear the approved seal
of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF).
5. Plastic gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall be unplasticized polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) and conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D
• 3034, Type PSM, Class 12454-B or 12454-C, with elastomeric gasket
TBE Group Inc Section IV PivinQ, Fittin�s, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 15050-2 November 2004
joints. PVC pipe and fittings shall be as manufacturer by Johns-Manville,
� Certainteed or approved equal.
E. Identification Tape: Electronically traceable identification tape shall be installed
18 inches above installed pipe on a tamped backfill surface, continuously over all
mains. The tape shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide, have a minimum tensile
strength of 50 pounds and have the words "force main" printed on it.
2.02 FITTINGS AND VALVES
A. Pipe Fittings:
1. Iron: Cast iron and ductile iron pipe fittings shall have a 250 PSI pressure
rating and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standard C 110.
Joints shall be of the type shown on the drawings and fit the pipe
furnished. Flanges shall be drilled for ANSI Standard B16.1, 125 pound
template. Grooved end joint fittings shall conform to the applicable
requirements of this paragraph. The lining and coating for the fittings
shall be as specified above for ductile iron pipe. Wall fittings or sleeves
shall be cast iron selected with length suitable for the wall in which they
are placed.
2. Plastic: Fittings for Schedule 80 plastic pipe shall be Schedule 80 and
• conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 2464 and D 2467
for threaded or solvent weld joints respectively. Fittings for plastic pipe
with O-ring joints shall be of the type recommended by the pipe
manufacturer and conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D
2467. All fittings shall bear the approval stamp of the National Sanitation
Foundation.
3. Unions: All pipe, tubing and hose connections to hydraulic or air operated
equipment, appurtenances and accessories shall be made with a union type
fitting.
B. Joint Material:
1. Mechanical Joints: Cast iron and ductile iron pipe mechanical joints and
push on joints shall be made up with rubber gaskets conforming to ANSI
Standard A21.11. Glands for mechanical joint pipe shall be bituminous
coated and bolts and nuts shall be of high strength cast iron, or high
strength low alloy steel as specified in ANSI Standard A21.11.
2. Iron Pipe Flanged Joints: Flanged connections shall comply with the
requirements of ANSI Standard B16.1, 125 pound class. Flanges for
ductile iron pipe shall be of ductile iron. Machine bolts shall be the best
commercial quality steel with hexagonal nuts of the same quality metal.
�
TBE Group Inc Section IV Pinin�, Fittin¢s, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 15050-3 November 2004
�
•
•
C�
3.
4
Gaskets shall be full face (ring face) of neoprene, red rubber or corrugated
copper.
Grooved End Couplings: Grooved end couplings for ductile iron pipe
shall not be allowed.
Solvent Joints: Joints for plastic pipe and fittings shall be made using
material and methods as recommended by the plastic pipe manufacturer.
Couplings: Plain end joint material shall be Dresser couplings, Style 38,
or approved equal.
6. Restrained Joints: Restrained joints may be of the types fabricated by the
various manufacturers upon approval of the Engineer of details submitted
by the Contractor. Restrained joints that require field welding or grooves,
or joints using set screws will not be acceptable.
Wall Sleeves, Pipes and Castings:
l. Wall Sleeves: Wall sleeves shall be of cast iron, ductile iron or carbon
steel with steel galvanized after fabrication and shall have a waterstop
located in the center of the wall. Sleeves shall be provided with seals and
shall be oversized as required for the installation of seals. Sleeves shall
terminate flush with finished surfaces of walls and ceilings, and shall
extend 2-inches above finished floor. Escutcheons shall be provided at
walls and floor to completely conceal the sleeves smaller than 3-inches.
Escutcheons shall be cast iron, nickel plated split-type.
2. Interior: Wall sleeves shall be installed for all piping passing through
interior walls and floors, except where noted on the drawings. Sleeves
shall be of sufficient size to pass the pipe without binding. Sleeves shall
terminate flush with finished surfaces of walls and ceilings, and shall
extend 2-inches above finished floor. Escutcheons shall be provided at
walls and floor to completely conceal the sleeves smaller than 3-inches.
Escutcheons shall be cast iron, nickel plated split-type.
3. Wall Pipes: All piping passing through exterior walls and base slabs shall
be provided with wall pipes. All pipes shall be of ductile iron and shall
have a waterstop located in the center of the wall. Each wall pipe shall be
of the same grade, thickness and interior coating as the piping to which it
is joined. Those portions of the wall pipes that are buried shall have a
coal-tar outside coating.
4. Wall Sleeve Seals: Wall sleeve seals shall be modular mechanical type
consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously
fill the annular space between the pipe and wall sleeve. Links shall be
loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around the
pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt and nut. After the seal assembly
is positioned in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber
sealing elements to expand and provide an absolutely water-tight seal
TBE Group Inc Section IV Pipin��Fittin�s, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'ina]PS\TechSec.doc 15050-4 November 2004
between the pipe and wall sleeve. The synthetic rubber shall be suitable
� for exposure to treated sewage effluent and groundwater. Bolts, nuts and
hardware shall be 18-8 stainless steel. The seals shall be Link Seal as
manufactured by Thunderline Corporation or equal, and the wall sleeve
and seal shall be sized as recommended by the seal manufacturer.
D. Plug Valves:
l. All valves shall be eccentric plug valves unless otherwise specified.
Valves shall be as manufactured by DeZurik, Homestead or approved
equal.
2. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with current AWWA Standards.
3. Valves shall be of the non-lubricated eccentric type with resilient faced
plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the plans.
Flanged valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI 125/150 lb.
standard. Mechanical joint ends shall be to the AWWWA Standard C111-
72. Bell ends shall be to the AWWA Standard C100-55 Class B. Screwed
ends shall be to the NPT standard.
4. Valve bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B Semi-steel, 31,000 psi
tensile strength minimum in compliance with AWWA Standard C507-73,
Section 5.1 and AWWA Standard C504-70 Section 6.4. Port areas for
� valves 20-inches and smaller shall be 80 percent of full pipe area. Valves
24-inch and larger shall have a minimum port area of 100 percent of full
nominal pipe area. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be
zinc or cadmium plated. Resilient plug facings shall be of Hycar or
Neoprene.
�
5. Valves shall be furnished with permanently lubricated stainless steel or
oil-impregnated bronze upper and lower plug stem bushings. These
bearings shall comply with current AWWA Standards.
E. Gate Valves:
1. Gate valves 3 inches through 12 inches shall be resilient-seated and meet
or exceed all the requirements of AWWA Standard C 509. The resilient
seating arrangement shall provide zero leakage at the design working
pressure when installed with line flow in either direction. All ferrous
surfaces inside and outside shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy coating. All
valves shall be provided with O-ring seals. The design and machining of
valves shall be such as to permit replacing the O-ring seals in the valves
while in service without leakage.
TBE Grou� Inc Section N Pivine, Fittines, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-5 November 2004
� F. Check Valves:
1. Small Check Valves: Small check valves 4-inches or less shall be
constructed of Schedule 80 PVC with union ends. These check valves
shall be used where plans call for "Flapper Check Valves" at the end of
the trap on the drain from the valve vault.
2. Large Check Valves: Swing check valves 4-inches through 30-inches
shall be constructed with heavy cast iron or cast steel body with a bronze
or stainless steel seat ring, a noncorrosive shaft for attachment of weight
and lever. The valve must be tight seating, its seat ring shall be renewable
and must be securely held in place by a threaded joint; the valve disc shall
be of cast iron or cast steel and shall be suspended from a noncorrosive
shaft which will pass through a stuffing box. Check valves shall
absolutely prevent the return of water back through the valve when the
inlet pressure decreases below the delivery pressure. Hydrostatic test
pressure for horizontal swing valves shall be 300 PSI. A tapped boss with
plug shall be provided on the check valve bonnet for future use with a
pressure gauge.
G. Backflow Preventer:
1. The 1-inch reduced pressure principal backflow preventer for the potable
� water system shall be a complete assembly consisting of two
independently acting spring-loaded toggle lever check valves together
with an automatically operating pressure differential relief valve located
between the two check valves. The first check valve shall reduce the
supply pressure a predetermined amount so that during normal flow and
cessation of normal flow, the pressure between the checks is less than the
supply pressure. In the case of leakage of either check valve, the
differential relief valve should discharge to atmosphere to maintain the
pressure between the checks, less than the supply pressure.
�
2. This unit shall contain tightly closing shut-off valves located at each end
of the device, and shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
Operation shall be completely automatic. All internal parts of the toggle
lever check valves and pressure differential relief valve must be removable
or replaceable without removal of the reduced pressure principal backflow
preventer from the line. The total head loss through the complete
backflow assembly shall not exceed 10 PSI at the "rated flow".
3. The ends shall be female threaded for NPT. The main body and trim shall
be bronze, ASTM B-61. The differential valve shall be bronze as above
with stainless stee1304 trim.
TBE Group Inc. Secrion IV Piping, FittinQS, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-6 November 2004
�
�
•
H. Pressure Gauges:
1. General: All pressure gauges shall have a 4'/z-inch dial, shall read PSI or
feet of water as indicated below and shall be appropriately marked for PSI
and feet of water. All gauges that are to be installed shall be Red Valve
Pressure Gauge, Series 40 or equal.
I. Vacuum Breakers: Antisiphon vacuum breakers to prevent back siphonage of
polluted water into a potable water supply shall be furnished and installed where
shown on the drawings, required codes or directed by the Engineer. Vacuum
breakers shall be equal to the Watts Regulator Company's No. 288A Series, or as
otherwise indicated. Hose bibb vacuum breakers shall be Watts Regulator
Company's No. 8, Neptune Model 5 or approved equal. The devices shall be
certified and listed under the ASSE Standards.
J. Supports and Hangers: Pipe supports and hangers shall conform to Federal
Specification WW-H-171, or shall be as specifically shown or indicated on the
drawings. Pipe hangers shall be complete with rods and clamps or inserts
proportioned to the size of the pipe supported.
K. Valve Boxes: Cast iron valve boxes shall be provided for all valves installed
underground which do not have extended operators such as required by the plug
valves. The valve boxes shall be adjustable to fit the depth of earth cover over the
valve and sha11 be designed so as to prevent the transmission of surface loads
directly to the valve or piping. Valve boxes shall have an interior diameter of not
less than 5-inches. The valve boxes shall be provided with covers marked with
the appropriate symbols as follows for the systems that they serve: N.P.W. (Non-
Potable Water); Water (Potable Water) and Sewer. The covers shall be
constructed so as to prevent tipping or rattling. Boxes shall be equal to Clow
Corporation No. F 2450, Mueller Company H-10357 or approved equal.
Extension sections shall be cast iron only.
L. Tie Rods: Steel for tie rods and tie bolts shall conform to the requirements of
ASTM Designation A 242, and rods shall be galvanized in conformance with
requirements ASTM Designation A 123. Tie rods and tie bolts shall be Super
Star Tierod Figure No. SS12 and Tiebolt Figure No. SST7 respectively as
manufactured by Star National Products.
M. Pipe and Valve Identification System:
1. Underground Warning: Underground warning tape for metallic piping
shall be 6-inches wide, brown, .004-inch polyethylene film with a printed
legend "CAUTION SEWAGE FORCE MAIN BELOW". Warning tape
for PVC mains shall be 2-inches or wider, brown, .004-inch polyethylene
film metallic lined and with a printed legend "CAUTION SEWAGE
TBE Group Inc Section N Pinin�. Fittines, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-7 November 2004
FORCE MAIN BELOW". Tape shall be as manufactured by Seton Name
� Plate Corporation, Terra Tape by Griffolyn Co. Inc. or approved equal.
2. Valve Tags: Tags shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate
Corporation of Floy Tag and manufacturing Co., or approved equal.
N. Miscellaneous Items:
1. Other items necessary for the complete installation and not specified
herein shall conform to the details and notes shown on the drawings. All
minor items implied, usually included, or required for the construction of a
complete operating systern shall be installed whether shown on the detail
drawings or not.
2. Appropriate signs shall be provided for nonpotable water system outlets
with a legend of "Non-Potable Water - Do Not Drink".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. All pipe and fittings, valves and other material shall be subject to inspection and
approval by the Engineer after delivery, and no broken, cracked, misshapen,
� imperfectly coated, or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used.
When a defect or crack is discovered, the damaged portion shall not be installed.
Cracked pipe shall have the defect cut off at least 12-inches from the break in the
sound section of the barrel.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Piping:
1. At threaded joints between PVC and metal pipes, the metal shall contain
the socket end and the PVC side the spigot. A metal spigot shall not,
under any circumstances, be screwed into a PVC socket.
2. Steel Pipe Threaded Joints: Threaded joints shall be made up with teflon
tape, graphite and oil, or other approved compound. Close nipples shall
not be used and when the unthreaded portion of any nipple is less than
1'/Zinches, an extra strong nipple shall be used. After joints have been
made up, exposed threads and fittings on steel pipe lines to be buried shall
be coated with Bitumastic 50 Paint or equal.
3. All connections to existing piping systems shall be made as shown or
indicated on the drawings after consultation and cooperation with
authorities of the Owner. Some such connections may have to be made
• during off-peak hours.
TBE Groua. Inc. Section IV PipinQ, FittinQS, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 15050-8 November 2004
� 4. Pipe Sleeves and Wall Castings: Pipe sleeves and wall castings shall be
provided at locations called for on the drawings. These units shall be used
as detailed and of matenal as noted on the drawings. They shall be
accurately set in concrete or masonry to the elevations shown. All wall
sleeves and castings required in the walls shall be in place when the walls
are poured. End of wall castings and wall sleeves shall be of type
consistent with the piping being connected to them.
5. Tie Rods: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the size and
number of tie rods for a joint or installation shall be as recommended by
the manufacturer's design chart for working pressure of 150 PSI. Tie rods
shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Underground Piping:
1. Trench excavation and backfill shall conform to the provisions of
Section 02220.
2. Cover on buried piping shall not be less than 30 inches, unless otherwise
indicated.
3. Upon satisfactory excavation of the pipe trench and completion of the pipe
bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and recesses for the pipe
bells, or couplings, shall be excavated by hand digging. When the pipe is
� laid in the prepaxed trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall
receive continuous, uniform support and no pressure will be exerted on the
pipe joints from the trench bottom.
4. The interior of the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter
before being gently lowered into the trench and shall be kept clean during
laying operations by means of plugs or other approved methods. During
suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable stopper shall be
placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other foreign
material from entering the pipe. Lines shall be laid straight and depth of
cover shall be maintained uniform with respect to finish grade, whether
grading is completed or proposed at time of pipe installation. Where a
grade or slope is shown on the drawings, batter boards with string line
paralleling design grade shall be used by the Contractor to assure
conformance to required grade. No abrupt changes in direction or grade
will be allowed. Any pipe found defective shall be immediately removed
and replaced with sound pipe.
5. Sewer pipe shall be laid with a minimum separation of 10-feet from a
parallel water line.
6. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be placed in polyethylene tube in
accordance with Clow Corporation instructions or approved equal. Tube
joints shall be lapped and tapped with polyethylene adhesive tape.
�
TBE Groun, Inc. Section N Pipin ,g Fittings, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 15050-9 November 2004
� 7. The joints of all pipelines shall be made absolutely tight. The particular
joint to be used shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
Where shown on the plans, or where in the opimon of the Engmeer,
settlement vibration is likely to occur, all pipe shall be bolted mechanical
type as specified herein.
8. Mechanical joints shall be made up using annealed high strength cast iron
bolts and rubber gaskets having either plain or duct tip as recommended
by the manufacturer. All types of inechanical joint pipes shall be laid and
jointed in full conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Only
especially skilled workman shall be permitted to make up mechanical
joints. Torque wrenches set as specified in AWWA Standard C III shall
be used with the permission of the Engineer.
9. Push on joints shall be made in strict, complete compliance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
10. After pipe has been laid, inspected, and found satisfactory, sufficient
backfill shall be placed along the pipe barrel to hold the pipe securely in
place during the construction of the preliminary hydrostatic test. No
backfill shall be placed over the joints until the preliminary test is
satisfactorily completed, leaving them exposed to view for the detection of
visible leaks.
11. Upon satisfactory completion of the preliminary hydrostatic test, backfilling
• of the trench shall be completed.
C. Aboveground and Exposed Piping:
Aboveground and exposed pipe fittings, valves and accessories shall be
installed as shown or indicated on the drawings.
2. Piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the job site
and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing, properly
clearing all equipment access areas and openings. Changes in sizes shall be
made in accordance with appropriate reducing fittings. Pipe connections
shall be made in accordance with the details shown and manufacturer's
recommendations. Open ends of pipe lines shall be properly capped or
plugged during installation to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the
system. Pipe supports and hangers sha11 be provided where indicated or as
required to insure adequate support of the piping.
3. Welded connections shall be made in conformity with the requirements of
AWWA Standard C 206 and shall be done only by qualified welders. The
Engineer, may, at his option, require certificates that welders employed on
the work are qualified in conformity with the requirements of the standard
andlor sample welds to verify the qualifications of the welders. Before
testing, field welded joints shall be coated with the same material as used
� for coating its pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Pipin , Fittings, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinaIPS\TechSec.doc 15050-10 November 2004
• 4. Flanged joints shall be made up by inserting the gasket between the
flanges. The threads of the bolts and the faces of the gaskets shall be
coated with suitable lubncant immediately before mstallation.
5. Joints using Dresser couplings shall be made up as recommended by the
manufacturer.
6. Use of perforated band iron (plumber's strap), wire or chain as pipe
hangers will not be acceptable. Supports for pipe less than 1%2-inches
nominal size shall not be more than eight feet on centers and pipe two
inches nominal size and larger shall be supported at not more than ten feet
on centers, unless otherwise indicated. Supports for PVC pipe shall be
spaced one-half the distance as that specified above unless otherwise
indicated.
D. Valves: Valves sha11 be carefully inspected during installation; they shall be
opened wide and then tightly closed and the various nuts and bolts shall be tested
for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from
becoming lodged in the valve seat. Valves shall be set plumb at the locations
indicated and in accordance with the details shown on the drawings.
� E. Hydrants: Hydrants shall be set plumb and in true alignment with mains. They
shall be securely braced against the end of the trench with concrete thrust blocks
• as shown on the drawings and as described and specified in these specifications.
Care shall be taken to insure the free draining of the hydrant barrel and, to this
end, coarse material shall be placed around this valve outlet. Backfilling around
hydrants shall be cazefully done so as not to disturb the hydrant and shall be
thoroughly rammed so as to support the hydrant securely.
F. Pipe and Valve Identification: The Contractor shall provide identification
markings on all piping, tubing and valves installed under the various Sections of
the Speciiications.
1. Exposed Pipe, Tube and Conduit: Identification on all pipe, tube and
conduit (over 120 volt conductors) inside buildings and outside exposed
work shall be made with plastic snap-on and/or plastic pressure sensitive
adhesive markers lettered with appropriate legend and where applicable
shall have arrows indicating direction of flow. When appropriate legends
and band colors are not available painted on legends and bands will be
acceptable.
2. Underground Pipe and Tube: Pipe and tube shall be located by laying 2-
inch wide plastic tape continuously along the run of pipe or tube. Where
possible, color of tape shall be consistent with the color of bands on
interior pipe and as approved by the Engineer, or shall bear and imprinted
identification of the line. Tape shall be laid approximately 12-inches
• below ground surface and directly over pipe location.
TBE Group Inc. Secrion IV Piping, FittinQS, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-11 November 2004
3. Valve Identifications: On all valves, except shut-off valves located at a
� fixture or piece of equipment, the Contractor shall provide a coded and
numbered tag attached with a brass chain and/or brass "S" hooks.
a. Tag Types: Tags for valves on pipe and tube lines conducting hot
medium (steam, condensate, hot water, etc.) shall be brass or
anodized aluminum. Tags for all other valves shall be colored
plastic. Colors for aluminum or plastic tags shall, where possible,
match the color code of the pipe line on which installed. Square
tags shall be used to indicate normally closed valves and round
tags shall be used to indicate normally open valves.
b. Coding: In addition to the color coding, each tag shall be stamped
or engraved with wording or abbreviations to indicate the line of
service. All color and letter coding shall be approved by the
Engineer.
4. Valve Schedule: The Contractor shall provide a typewritten list of all
tagged valves giving tag color, shape, letter code and number, the valve
size, type use and general location within the building. Schedule shall be
included in the O& M Manual.
G. Concrete Encasement:
� 1. Concrete for concrete encasement shall have a minimum strength at 28
days of 2,500 psi and encasement shall be constructed in accordance with
the details shown on the drawings. Encasement shall be constructed
where:
a. The pipe shall have less than adequate cover over the top of the
pipe.
b. A gravity sewer of clay pipe crosses over, or at a depth which
provides less than 18 inches clear distance between pipes when
crossing, under water mains. Encasement shall extend a minimum
of 10 feet on each side of the point of crossing. In lieu of encasing
the clay pipe, the length of pipe to be encased may be constructed
of the same material as the water main.
c. The Engineer shall order the line encased.
2. If through failure to provide suitable trench sheeting, or other causes, the
maximum for trench excavations, as specified elsewhere in the specifications,
is exceeded, the Contractor shall construct concrete encasement around pipe
for the length of excessive excavation.
3. The points of beginning and ending of the pipe encasement shall not be
• more than 6-inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due
TBE Group Inc Section IV Pipin�, Fittin�s, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 15050-12 November 2004
� to uneven settlement of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live
loads.
4. Payment for the above described work is considered incidental and shall
be included in the appropriate bid price.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Flushing: All force mains shall be flushed to remove all sand and other foreign
matter with the velocity of flushing water not less than 4-feet per second.
Flushing shall be terminated at the direction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall
dispose of flushing water without causing a nuisance or property damage.
B. Pressure and Leakage Testing: All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be
fumished, installed and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and
devices and their installation shall be approved by the Engineer. All pressure and
leakage testing shall be done in the presence of a representative of the Owner as a
condition precedent to the approval and acceptance of the system. All pipes shall
be thoroughly flushed immediately prior to testing.
C. Pressure Tests for Lines:
1. Pressure piping installed under this contract shall be subjected to a
� pressure test after the pipe has been installed and partially backfilled for
underground installations. Each pressure test shall be maintained for at
least two hours at 150 PSI pressure during which time all joints shall be
examined for leaks.
•
2. Before application of test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe.
If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor
shall install corporation cocks or fittings and valves at such points so air
can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water. After
expulsion of air, the corporation cocks, or other blowoff devices shall be
closed and the test pressure applied.
3. Piping runs with two joints or less need not to be pressure tested, but shall
be checked for leakage under normal operating pressures.
4. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves and joints shall be carefully examined
for leaks. All cracked, broken or defective pipe, fittings or valves
discovered as a consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and
replaced with sound material. All leaking, or defective joints shall be
repaired, replaced or corrected. After all necessary replacements and
corrections, the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Owner.
TBE Grouo, Inc. Secrion IV Pipin�, Fittings Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-13 November 2004
• D. Leakage Testing for Pressure Piping:
1. After completion of satisfactory pressure test of piping, the lines shall be
subjected to leakage tests.
�
•
2. The duration of each leakage test shall be at least 3 hours and the pressures
maintained during each leakage test shall be as specified above for
pressure tests.
3. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the
newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof to maintain the specified test
pressure after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has
been filled with water. The allowable limits for leakage of underground
piping sha11 be determined by the following formula.
E. Allowable Limits for Leakage of Pressure Piping:
1. The hydrostatic pressure tests shall be performed as herein above specified
and no installation, or section thereof, will be acceptable until the leakage
is less than the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula:
L = SD po.s
133200
in which,
L= Allowable Leakage, in gallons per hour
S= Length of pipe being tested in feet
D= Nominal pipe diameter; in inches
P= Average test pressure during the test, in PSI gauge
2. Water shall be supplied to the line during the test period as required to
maintain the test pressure as specified. The quantity used, which shall be
compared to the above allowable quantity, shall be measured by pumping
from a calibrated container. A 5/8-inch meter installed on the discharge
side of the pump may be used to measure the leakage for large mains
when approved by the Engineer.
3. Where leakage exceeds the allowable limit, as specified hereinbefore, the
defective pipe or joints shall be located and repaired. If the defective
portions can not be located, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct as
much of the work as is necessary in order to conform to the specified
limits. No additional payment will be made for the correction of defective
work, or damage to other parts of the work resulting from such corrective
work.
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion N Pipin ,g Fittin�s, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 15050-14 November 2004
� F. Tests for Drain Lines:
1. Drain lines shall be tested for infiltration and exfiltration.
2. T'he allowable limits of infiltration and exfiltration or leakage for the drain
lines or any portion thereof shall not exceed a rate of 0.1 gallon per foot of
pipe per 24 hours for all sizes of pipe throughout the system.
Any part, or all of the system may be tested for infiltration or exfiltration,
as directed by the Engineer. Prior to testing for infiltration, the system
shall be pumped out so normal infiltration conditions exist at the time of
testing. The amounts of infiltration or exfiltration shall be determined by
pumping into or out of calibrated drums, or by other approved methods.
4. The exfiltration test will be conducted by filling the portion of the system
being tested with water to a level which will provide; a minimum head
lateral connected to the test portion of 2-feet; or, in the event there are no
laterals in the test portion, a minimum difference in elevation between the
crown of the highest portion of the sewer and the test level of 5-feet.
5. Where infiltration or exfiltration exceeds the allowable limits specified
herein, the defective pipe, joints or other faulty construction shall be
located and repaired by the Contractor. If defective portions can not be
located, the Contractor shall remove and reconstruct as much of the work
as is necessary in order to conform to the specified allowable limits.
� 6. The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials and shall
conduct all testing required, under the direction of the Engineer. No
separate payment will be made for this work and the cost for this work
shall be included in the prices quoted in this Proposal.
•
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section N Pipin , Fittings, Valves and Accessories
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 15050-15 November 2004
�
SECTION 16000
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. The applicable requirements of this Section shall apply to all Sections of this
Division.
1.02 PROPRIETARY NAMES
A. For convenience of description and as a standard for grade, type, quality, and
performance characteristics, proprietary names are included with some
descriptions. This does not imply preference to specific manufacturers (except
where multiple choice is specified), but minimum requirements with approval to
be made by the Engineer.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
� A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General Conditions.
B. Shop drawings, materials lists, cuts and other required data shall be submitted for
approval assembled according to respective section of Division 16. All of the
data for each Section shall be submitted in a single package. If any required items
are omitted from this submittal, the Engineer shall select each item indicating
manufacturer, model, etc., and such decision shall be final. Such submissions
shall be made as specified in these documents. Items shall be listed individually
by manufacturer, type, rating, etc.. The term " Per Specifications" will not be
acceptable.
•
C. Any deviation from the Specifications pertinent to shop drawings shall be listed
separately and submitted with the shop drawings. Failure to list all deviations in
this manner shall be grounds for requiring removal of such items and installation
of new items in exact accordance with Specifications at no extra cost to the
Owner. No material shall be purchased or installed before satisfactory review of
any submission.
D. Data submitted with the shop drawings shall include written sequence of
description of control systems to be installed under this contract.
E. Samples shall be required as requested by the Engineer to further substantiate any
substitutions.
TBE Group Inc Section N Basic Electrical Reauirements
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16000-1 November 2004
F. Before submittal to the Engineer, all shop drawings shall be perused, corrected
• and verified by signature, or stamp and signature as approved by the applicable
subcontractor and by the Contractor to be in accordance with the requirements of
the Drawings and/or Specifications. Shop drawings that have been signed or
stamped and signed as approved, but have not been perused for compliance with
the Drawings and Specifications and/or have not been coordinated with other
equipment and other trades will be returned to the Contractor without being
reviewed by the Engineer.
G. Existing Equipment: Existing equipment shall be tightly covered and protected
against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury or theft; and, at the
completion of the work, all existing equipment in the vicinity of the proposed
work shall be cleaned, both interior and exterior, in a satisfactory condition
acceptable to the Engineer. Any damage to existing equipment shall be corrected
at the Contractor's expense.
H. Owner Furnished Items: Materials and equipment indicated to be furnished by
the Owner will be turned over to the Contractor at the site in the general vicinity
of their use. The Contractor shall accept the equipment and install it for a
complete installation. If the equipment is found to be defective, the Owner shall
be notified and will either have the equipment repaired or will furnish a new item.
1.04 CODES
SA. All work under this Division shall be performed in compliance with all local
codes, county and state codes, Occupational Safety & Health Act, Florida Power
Corporation regulations, Drawings and Specifications, the National Electrical
Safety Code, as the minimum. Any errors, omissions, or conflicts shall be called
to the attention of the Engineer, in writing, not later than seven days prior to bid
opening.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. All equipment, materials and workmanship shall be guaranteed to conform with
the specifications and accepted alternates. Parts defective or not in accordance
with the specifications or accepted alternates shall be replaced in the system and
tested free of cost to the Owner and for a period of one year after final acceptance
of the completed system, such replaced parts shall be fully guaranteed.
B. In the event that a repetition of any material defect occurs, indicating the
probability of repeated failures which can be traced to faulty manufacture,
manufacturer's design of material or item, or Contractor's method of installation,
the Contractor shall not continue to replace with the same material, part or
method, but shall take steps to remedy the fault through replacement of all such
defective material or revise completely the method of installation.
. C. Manufacturer's guarantees which extend beyond the guarantee period specified
shall be transferred to the Owner before request of final payment.
TBE Group Inc Secrion N Basic Electrical Reauirements
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16000-2 November 2004
� D. All equipment, accessories and connections shall be guaranteed to operate without
undue heating, noise or voltage drop; and the Contractor shall correct or adjust
any items, should such conditions be fdund to exist after system has been put into
operation. Whether or not a condition or noise is objectionable shall be decided
by the Engineer.
E. Certification must be provided stating that all materials and equipment used on
the project are new.
1.06 FEES, PERMITS AND TESTS
A. The Contractor shall perform or secure such tests as may be required, supplying
all labor, and instruments needed, or paying such costs as may be involved.
B. All tests required to establish the adequacy and quality of all systems shall be
made by this Division in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. All contained work must remain uncovered until approved. All tests shall be
made in strict accordance to code requirements. Defects disclosed by tests shall
be made good and defective materials replaced without additional cost to the
Owner. Tests shall be repeated after repairs or replacements have been made.
D. The Owner shall be fumished with Certificates of Inspection from all authorities
• having jurisdiction. During the course of the construction, the work shall be
inspected by those having jurisdiction. After the completion of the work, the
Contractor shall deliver certifications or letters of approval from such bodies to
the Engineer.
•
1.07 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND OPENINGS
A. All work under each section of this Division shall be laid out and installed in
advance of pouring concrete floors or walls. The Contractor shall furnish and
install all sleeves or openings through floors or walls for passage of all conduits,
or ducts installed.
B. Sleeves shall be of 18 gauge galvanized sheet steel or plastic rigidly supported
and suitably packed to prevent ingress of wet concrete.
C. The Contractor shall furnish and install all inserts, and hangers required to support
conduit, cables, pull boxes, etc.
D. If sleeves, hangers, inserts, etc., are improperly installed, all necessary cutting and
patching to rectify such error shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense
to the Owner.
TBE Grouo. Inc. Section IV Basic Electrical Reauirements
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16000-3 November 2004
•
�
�
1.08 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All necessary excavation and backfilling for all underground lines, interior and
exterior, required for this Section shall be performed in accordance with the
provisions of this contract.
1.09 SUPERVISION AND WORKMANSHIP
A. All work under this Division shall be performed under the immediate direction of
fully qualified foremen. Insofar as possible and unless approved by the Engineer,
there shall be no change in supervision during the course of construction.
B. The Contractor shall employ on the job full time Electrical Foreman, who has
been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit in writing and in full
detail the experience record of the individual who will be foreman during the
complete job. The submission shall indicate jobs of similar scope where the man
has been recently employed as foreman on the installation of a project of this
type.
C. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality, and the right to require
immediate removal from the project of any personnel for cause is reserved to the
Engineer.
D. It is the intent and of the essence of the Specifications that all personnel furnished
for this Division shall cooperate with all other personnel at all times to insure the
furnishing of the highest quality workmanship.
1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. During the progress of the work, the job superintendent for this Division shall
daily record on his field set of drawings the exact location as installed of all
underground utilities and otherwise concealed conduits which were not installed
exactly as shown on the Contract Drawings. Conduits which are installed in
furred spaces, chases, or other spaces which can be readily inspected by the use of
access panels or other means will not be considered as being concealed. The
exact conduit runs shall be shown on these drawings. The drawings will be
examined prior to approval of each month's partial payment estimate.
1.11 INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Contractor shall fully instruct the Owner in the operation and maintenance of
all electrical systems.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV Basic Electrical Requirements
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16000-4 November 2004
LJ.J
SECTION 16004
RACEWAYS (CONDUITS)
PART 1 - GENERAI.
1.01 SCOPE
A. All conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized or metallized, zinc-coated, rigid
threaded conduit, unless otherwise indicated or shown. All conduit installed in
slabs or below grade shall be rigid metallic heavy wall conduit. Conduit
embedded in concrete, underground or direct buried, when indicated on plans,
may be rigid non-metallic type. Minimum conduit size in floor slabs, walls or
below grade shall be 3/4-inch.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS /MATERIALS
2.01 RIGID NON-METALLIC FITTINGS
A. Rigid non-metallic conduit and fittings of heavy wall polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
meeting ASTM Specification D 1785, approved by UL for the specific purpose,
may be used in locations not prohibited by the NEC Section 347-3. A separate
� grounding conductor, routed with the power conductors, shall be installed in each
conduit. Installation methods of rigid non-metallic conduit shall conform to
Section 347-3 through 347-15 of the NEC. Supports shall be in accordance with
Table 347-8.
2.02 METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Electric metallic conduit shall be standard, galvanized, heavy-wall rigid steel
conduit conforming to Federal Specification WW-C-581. Fittings of standard
galvanized malleable iron conforming to Federal Specification W-F-406 shall be
used. Metallic conduit may be used for both exposed and concealed work. The
use of dissimilar metals shall be avoided throughout the system. Installation
methods of inetallic conduit shall be in accordance with Sections 348-4 through
348-13 of the NEC code.
2.03 FLEXISLE METALLIC CONDUIT
A. All equipment requiring flexible conduit connection shall be connected with
liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit of the size required for the conductors to the
equipment. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be UL, Type UA. It shall
be installed in such a manner that liquids tend to run off the surface and not drain
toward the fittings. Sufficient slack shall be provided to reduce the effects of
� vibration. Where the fittings are brought into an enclosure with a knock-out, a
gasket assembly consisting of an O-ring and retainer shall be installed. These
TBE Group Inc Secrion N Racewavs (Conduits)
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16004-1 November 2004
fittings shall be nylon insulated-throat type. Conduit shall be galvanized, PVC
� covered and shall be constructed to provide a continuous metallic bond. It shall
be equal to that manufactured by Appleton, "Sealtite".
2.04 AUXILIARY GUTTER AND WIREWAYS
A. Auxiliary gutter and wireways shall be "lay-in" type with hinged cover and shall
be constructed of code gauge stainless steel. They shall be listed by UL and be
equal to Columbia "Free Duct".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Conduit shall be routed as shown in the drawings. Exposed conduit shall be
routed parallel or perpendicular to building planes. Concealed conduits shall be
routed in a direct line with long sweep bends and offsets. Conduit shall be
continuous and installed in such a manner that the system shall be electrically
continuous throughout. Conduit ends shall be capped during construction. The
ends of all conduits shall be carefully reamed free from burrs after threading and
before installation. All cuts shall be made square. All joints shall be made up
tight. Caze shall be taken to see that all light and power conduit lengths form a
permanent and continuous ground connection point.
• B. The Contractor shall permanently and effectively ground service neutral and all
raceways, devices, and utilization equipment in accordance with requirements of
the NEC, and as shown or required. Grounding electrode conductors shall be
bonded to grounding electrodes with exothermic welds or rigid clamp jaws UL
listed for the application. A separate grounding conductor shall be provided in all
conduit and raceways, and color coded green with a minimum size not less than
current carrying conductors, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conduit stubs shall be located to conform to location of the equipment served.
Traps in conduit lengths shall be avoided. Device boxes in concrete shall be set
true and packed as necessary to exclude concrete during placement.
D. Final connections from the end of the rigid conduit run to equipment or controls
requiring liquid-tight flexible conduit shall limit the length of flexible conduit to
not more than 16 diameters or 18 inches in length, whichever is greater.
E. Conductors shall be installed in a workmanlike manner. Damage to insulation or
a reduction of the wire size when pulled into the conduit is not allowed.
F. All areas of the project are considered to be wet locations and construction within
these areas shall be moisture and weather resistant. Work below grade, on grade
• or beneath slabs shall be waterproof.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Racewavs (Conduits�
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inatPS\TechSec.doc 16004-2 November 2004
� G. Electric work shall not rest upon, be supported by or hung from ductwork, piping
or equipment. Adequate supports shall be provided to assure that this is achieved.
�
C�
H. Boxes, conduit, hangers, panels, etc., shall be fastened to steel by machine bolts
and nuts, and by expansion bolts in concrete. Wood or composition plugs shall
not be used. All hardware shall be stainless steel.
I. Buried conduit shall be installed so as to assure a watertight system. Turns and
bends shall be made using watertight fittings and bends or field-made bends.
Trenchwork for installation of conduits and equipment underground shall
conform to applicable sections of these specifications. Locations for buried
conduit shall be carefully planned to avoid conflict with other installations.
Unless otherwise noted, all buried electrical installations shall be installed at least
24-inches below finished grade. Rigid metallic conduit installed underground
shall be coated with two coats of asphaltic paint.
J. Where installations pass through walls, slabs or other structures, all cutting shall
be accomplished without damage to the structure. Boring and cutting shall be
done with proper equipment and without delivering excessive vibration or shock
to the structure. Penetration of non-metallic raceways shall be made using
grouted-in sleeves.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Racewavs (Conduitsl
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16004-3 November 2004
�
�
�
SECTION 16005
WIRES AND CABLES (CONDUCTORS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. This section includes the furnishing, installation, and connection of the low
voltage power, control and lighting wiring.
B. Unless otherwise specified in other sections of these specifications, control wiring
shall be provided under this section but, installed, and connected to perform the
functions specified in other sections of these specifications.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following specifications and standards, except as hereinafter modified, are
incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this specification to the extent
indicated by the references thereto. Except where a specific date is given, the
issue in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and
errata) on the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text, such
specifications and standards are referred to by basic designation only:
1.
2.
3.
Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):
J-C-30A(1) Cable and Wire Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)
HH-I-595C Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
No. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) WIRES AND CABLES
Underwriter Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:
No. 83
No. 493
No. 486
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Z.Ol MATERIALS
Thermoplastic - Insulated Wires
Thermoplastic - Insulated Underground Feeder and Branch
Circuit Cables
Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs
A. Conductors shall consist of annealed copper wire having a minimum of 98 percent
conductivity and shall be sized and insulated or isolated in accordance with the
TBE Group Inc Section IV Wires and Cables (Conductors)
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16005-1 November 2004
� NEC for the current and voltage of the individual circuit. All conductors, unless
specifically noted, shall have type "THW", 75-600 volt or type "THWN", 90-600
volt msulation.
2.02 JUNCTIONS
A. Joints shall be made with mechanical connectors and insulated with two layers SF
Scotch No. 33 or Slipnot No. 3201 tape. All splices for conductors #12 through #6
AWG solid or stranded shall be made with "Scotchlock" spring connectors or the
pressure wire type. For wire sizes larger than #6, splices shall be made with "OZ"
type "XW" or "XTP" as appropriate to the splice being installed. Equal fittings of
Burndy and Penn Union may be used. Tape shall be equal to Scotch No. 33 or
Slipnot No. 3201 over splice, and filler tape on splices shall be equal to
"Scotchfill".
2.03 CORDS/CABLES
A. Flexible cords and cables shall be of size and number of conductors as indicated
on plans. Cords shall comply with requirement of Article 400 of the NEC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 IN5TALLATION
� A. All conductors shall be coded throughout, using different colors for phases, white
for neutral (white with other color stripe for neutral of different voltage system)
and green for ground. The same color code for a particular phase or part of a
circuit shall be run with the same conductor throughout the job. Colors used for
each voltage system shall be different. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger may be
black in color but shall be identified with colored tape in all outlet, junction or
pull boxes and at terminals of all equipment.
�
B. Color code feeder and branch circuit wiring as follows:
WIRE 120/208Volt 120/240 Volt 277/480 Volt
Phase A Black Black Brown
Phase B Red Oran e(Hi h-Le Oran e
Phase C Blue Red Yellow
Neutral White White Gray
Ground Green Green Green
Switch le s shall be le.
C. Use No. 10 AWG wire to the first outlet for branch circuit lengths more than 60
feet for 120 volt circuits, unless otherwise indicated on the plans. All wires in
cabinets, boxes, panels, pull and junction boxes shall be trained neatly and tied.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Wires and Cables (Conductorsl
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16005-2 November 2004
• D. All wires and cables shall be continuous from origin to destination without
splices, unless written permission is given by the Engineer. In branch circuit
winng, make connections to fixtures or devices using "T" taps only.
•
•
E. Conductors for direct burial in earth shall be type USE or UF cables as approved
by the NEC for this purpose and use. The neutral conductor shall be routed
continuously in the same cable or raceway. Direct buried cables shall have 24
inches of cover. Cover depth may be reduced to 18 inches provided supplemental
protective covering such as a 2-inch concrete slab, metal raceway, conduit or
other suitable protection is used and approved by the Engineer.
F. Conductors shall be sized in accordance with NEC requirements. No conductor
shall be smaller than No. 12 AWG, except control and signal circuit conductors
which may be No. 14 AWG, unless otherwise specified on the plans.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Wires and Cables (Conductorsl
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16005-3 November 2004
1._ J
SECTION 16006
SOXES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Boxes shall be provided where required by the NEC and other portions of this
division of the specifications, whether or not shown on the plans.
1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Where more than one feeder passes through a junction box or pull box, the
conductors shall be identified with electrical characteristics, system designation,
source and destination. Barriers shall be provided where required by Code.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS
� A. Boxes shall conform to Federal Specification W-5-800 and sized in accordance
with Section 370 of NEC.
•
B. All device outlet boxes and fittings used in corrosive atmosphere shall be
corrosion resistant, equal to Hubbell #6080 with cover plate #5221, or #6087 for
junction boxes. All other device outlet boxes and fittings including all lighting
fixture outlet boxes shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be as
manufactured by Steel City or equal.
C. Outlet boxes at a minimum shall be 4-inch square not less than 1%z-inches deep.
Extra large boxes shall be used in accordance with the NEC where necessary to
prevent undue crowding of wires. Gang boxes shall be used for gang switches.
D. Pull boxes shall be constructed of code gauge metal and shall be stainless steel.
All boxes shall bear the UL label. Flush boxes shall be equal to Columbia, Type
"FC", surface type shall be Type "SC" or equal.
E. Cast metal boxes shall be equal to those manufactured by Crouse-Hinds or Pyle
National.
TBE Group, Inc. Section IV Boxes
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16006-1 November 2004
�
�
�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Junction and pull boxes shall be installed where required by NEC and where
necessary to facilitate pulling of wire or cable. Consideration shall be given for
all sizes of wire and cable, number of bends in raceways and conductor support
requirements in vertical raceways. Maximum distance between terminations at
junction or pull boxes, cabinets or other points of termination shall not exceed 100
feet for straight horizontal runs. This length shall be decreased by 50 feet for each
90-degree bend.
B. Minimum size of junction and pull boxes shall be determined by NEC, and by
minimum raceway spacing requirements. The minimum raceway spacing shall be
such as to allow '/4-inch space between locknuts. When splices and taps are to be
made in junction or pull boxes, the minimum dimensions for straight through pull
shall be 12 times the diameter of largest raceway. For angle pulls, the distance
between raceway entry and opposite wall shall be 10 times the diameter of largest
raceway, plus the sum of diameters of all other raceways entering the same wall.
Additionally for angle pulls, the distance between raceway entries enclosing the
same conductor shall be 10 times the diameter of the larger raceway. Wires in
junction or pull boxes that are spliced shall be covered with fireproofing as
specified below.
C. Entries for raceways enclosing the same conductors shall be arranged to provide
longest sweep or radius for the conductors.
D. Junction and pull boxes shall be securely and substantially supported to the
structure, or to a structural member. Raceways shall carry no weight of the box.
Boxes embedded in concrete or masonry need not be additionally supported.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Boxes
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16006-2 November 2004
l�1
�
SECTION 16010
DISCONNECTS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAI.
1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. MAIN DISCONNECTS. A main disconnecting means meeting the requirements
of the NEC shall be furnished and installed as shown. Safety switches shall be
heavy-duty type and shall be horsepower rated. Switches shall disconnect all
underground conductors.
B. MOTOR DISCONNECTS. Each motor shall be provided with a disconnecting
means. The disconnecting means shall be a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
unless otherwise shown in the drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Circuit breakers for all branch circuits shall be molded-case unit breakers with
thermal-magnetic trips designed to open all phases simultaneously under overload
and/or fault conditions. Breakers shall be of adequate rating for the actual duty
required. The breaker shall have quick-make, quick-break, toggle mechanism,
inverse-time trip characteristics, and shall trip on over-current or short circuit
conditions. Automatic release is to be secured by a bimetallic thermal element
releasing the mechanism latch in the event of an over-current condition. In
addition, a magnetic armature shall be provided to trip the breaker instantaneously
for short circuit currents above the overload range. Automatic tripping shall be
indicated by a handle position between the manual OFF and ON position.
2.02 PHASE MONITOR RELAYS
A. Phase monitor relays shall be plug-in type capable of monitoring under voltage
and loss of phase conditions and tripping remote starters, etc. Phase monitor
relays shall be provided where shown in the drawings.
2.03 PLUG FUSES
A. Cartridge fuses shall be dual-element time-delay Type S of capacity shown.
2.04 CARTRIDGE FUSES
� A. Cariridge fuses shall be for the voltage and ampere rating shown.
TBE Group Inc Secrion N Disconnects and Overcurrent Protective_Devices
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16010-1 November 2004
• 2.05 SPARE FUSES
A. A stock supply of 20 percent of each type and size of fuse shall be supplied. In no
case shall less than three fuses of each type and size be supplied.
2.06 SAFETY SWITCHES
A. All safety switches shall be the heavy-duty type "HD". The blades of switches
shall be quick-make, quick-break operating type. All lugs on all switches shall be
equal to Bumdy's solderless quick lugs or shall be compression type. Switches
shall have the number of poles and be of the size indicated. Enclosures shall be
NEMA 4X stainless steel, unless noted otherwise. The switch shall conform to
NEMA standards and shall be listed by UL. Switches shall be equal to General
Electric, Square "D", Cutler-Hammer or Siemens.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install motor and circuit disconnects as recommended by manufacturer, required
by Code, and shown on plans.
! B. Mount surface-mounted equipment on 3/4-inch kindorf stainless steel unistrut
channels.
•
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV Disconnects and Overcurrent Protective Devices
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16010-2 November 2004
�
�
�
SECTION 16011
CABINETS AND CONTROL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section addresses the functional requirements of the cabinet and control
panel suitable for controlling the operation of the system described elsewhere in
the contract documents.
B. Work shall conform to the NEC.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Work shall conform to the NEC.
1.03 ALTERNATIVES
A. All electrical cornponents shall be Square "D" or equal.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. The panel shall operate the units indicated, at the
power characteristics shown elsewhere in these documents.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. SHOP DRAWINGS. Before any components are fabricated, and/or integrated
into assemblies, or shipped to the job site, the Contractor shall furnish full details,
shop drawings, catalog cuts and descriptive material that fully describes the
equipment to be used and its relationship with other components comprising the
control system. Required items include control panel layouts, elementary
diagrams and interconnecting wiring diagrams.
B. WIRIl�TG DIAGR.AMS. Complete wiring diagrams showing units and conductors
connected to the cabinet shall be furnished and placed in an internal pocket on
each cabinet doors, sized for 81/z x 11-inch pages.
TBE Group, Inc Section N Cabinets and Control Panels
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16011-1 November 2004
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
� 2.01 MATERIALS
A. All electrical wire, unless otherwise noted, shall be minimum #16 gauge, fully
marked in wire ducts and color-coded to NEC.
2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. CABINETS Cabinets shall be manufactured of 14-guage minimum stainless steel
NEMA 4X , gasketed construction, with one-inch lip with rolled edges.
B. PANELS Interior mounted. Stainless steel panels shall be provided to mount to
all terminal strips and component devices. Provide timers, starters, relays, alann
lights, and other devices as indicated elsewhere in the contract documents.
1. A'/4 inch thick aluminum inner door with a continuous piano-type hinge
for mounting components shall be provided where noted in the drawings.
2. Panel mounted switches and indicating lights shall be oil tight and heavy
duty such as manufactured by Allen Bradley, Square "D" Company,
Cutler-Hammer or equal.
� C. TERMINAL STRIPS Below 50 volts, use screw terminal type. Above 50 volts,
use 250 volt screw terminal type with barriers between each set of terminals and
individual terminal points for each conductor.
•
D. ACCESSORIES Terminal blocks shall be provided with a designation strip
which carries the wire identification number. The instrument or operating device
shall be provided with a stud or terminal identification by the rnanufacturer.
E. WIRIl�IG Wire shall be properly sized and installed in accordance with applicable
code and/or acceptable practices.
F. IDENTIFICATION Identify terminal strips with permanent numbers.
G. ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES White letters on black background; 1/8-inch
laminated plastic with beveled edges; secured to panel with black self-tapping
Phillips head screws.
H. PANEL DRAWINGS T'he panel shall be supplied with a complete panel drawing
and schedule of parts bonded to the inside of the door and covered with a
protective coating.
TBE Group Inc Section IV Cabinets and Control Panels
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16011-2 November 2004
� PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All materials and equipment shall be installed in a neat workmanlike manner
utilizing skilled craftsmen in the trade. The finished product shall have a neat
finished appearance.
3.02 GUIDELINES
A. All wires shall be neatly arranged in properly supported bundles. Nylon saddles
shall be used for wire supports. Neoprene bands secure the wire bundle in the
saddle. Additionally, Nylon tie-straps shall be used where required. All wiring
shall be of the open type except when it enters terminal block enclosures, if used.
B. The Contractor shall protect all materials and equipment during the course of
construction. Equipment shall be stored in a protected environment prior to
installation and be further protected during the construction period. Materials and
equipment not fully protected and suffering from weathering, corrosion, etc. shall
be replaced with new equipment.
C. The Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's installation recommendations,
unless otherwise indicated in the contract documents.
• D. Where existing materials and equipment are removed or relocated, the Contractor
will repair the affected surfaces to conform in type, quality, and finish to that of
the surroundings.
•
E. Scratches, scrapes, or chips in the interior or exterior surfaces of devices and
equipment shall be touched up with finishes matching the original in type, color,
and consistency.
F. Terminate conduit in cabinets with lock nut and grounding bushing.
G. Terminate wiring on terminal blocks or strips.
H. Vacuum clean cabinet on completion of installation.
END OF SECTION
TBE Group Inc Section IV Cabinets and Control Panels
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16011-3 November 2004
LJ
•
SECTION 16012
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Conduit supports. Channel supports for equipment.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
F�
:
�.
SINGLE RiJNS Stainless steel conduit straps or ring bolt type hangers with
specialty spring clips.
MTJLTIPLE RUNS Conduit rack with 25 percent spare capacity.
VERTICAL RUNS Channel support with conduit fittings.
2.02 CHANNEL SUPPORTS
A. Steel channel sections shall be rolled from Stainless Steel.
B. The cross sectional width dimension of the channel shall be a minimum of 1'/2-
inches. The depth will be as required to satisfy the load requirements. Channel
with 1'/z-inch depth or greater shall be rolled from manufacturer's standard 12-
gauge steel. Channel smaller than 1%z-inch may be manufacturer's standard 14-
gauge steel.
C. Attachment holes, when required, shall be factory punched on hole centers equal
to the channel cross sectional width dimension and sha11 be a maximum of 9/16-
inch in diameter.
D. Channel attachment nuts shall be designed to pre-locate in the channel and
provide a bearing surface on the turned down lips while making positive contact
with the sidewalls of the channel.
E. Straps for the support of conduit shall be designed such that the attachment nut is
captivated on the shoulder of the strap when tightened, and the attachment bolt
shall allow tightening by either a screwdriver or wrench.
• F. All nuts, bolts, straps, and threaded rod shall be stainless steel.
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV SupvortinQ Devices
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�P'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16012-1 November 2004
� 2.03 ANCHOR METHODS
A. HOLLOW MASONRY Toggle bolts or spider type expansion anchors.
B. SOLID MASONRY Lead expansion anchors or preset inserts.
C. METAL SURFACES Machine screws, bolts, welded studs, or beam type clamps
on steel joints.
D. WOOD SURFACES Wood screws.
E. CONCRETE SURFACES Self-drilling anchors, power-driven studs, or expansion
bolts.
F. See drawing for special mounting and installation. All anchors shall be stainless
steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Layout to maintain headroom, neat mechanical appearance, and to support
� equipment loads required. Verify exact mounting and installation requirements
with the City's representative prior to installation.
•
END OF SECTION
TBE Grouu Inc Section IV SupvortinQ Devices
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16012-2 November 2004
�
�
�
SECTION 16013
GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Ground all electrical components of the electrical supply systems including the
emergency power system.
1.02 SYSTEM GROUNDING
1.03
1.04
A. Service neutral shall be grounded at the main disconnecting means as shown in
the drawings. Transformers shall be grounded as shown on the plans and as
specified herein.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. All metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes,
cabinets, machine frames, and other conductive items in close proximity with
electrical circuits shall be grounded for personnel safety and to provide a low
impedance path for possible ground fault currents.
REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Install complete grounding system in accordance with NEC.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The following specifications and standards, except as hereinafter modified, are
incorporated herein by reference and form a part of this specification to the extent
indicated by the references thereto. Except where a specific date is given, the
issue in effect (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and
errata) on the date of Invitation for Bids shall be applicable. In text, such
specifications and standards are referred to by basic designation only:
1
2
3.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
No. 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):
J-C-30A(1) Cable and Wire Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation)
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:
No. 83 Thermoplastio-Insulated Wires
No. 467 Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment
TBE Group, Inc. Secrion IV Grounding and Bondine
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16013-1 November 2004
1.06 TESTS
� A. Measure ound resistance with earth test megger and install additional ground
�
rods and conductors as required until resistance to ground complies with
specifications below.
B. Ground resistance shall be limited to 5 ohms or less for the complete system. The
ground rods shall be connected to the main water supply metallic pipe, if
available. A bare copper conductor shall be used between ground rods.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEM
A. Provide grounding systems consisting of 5/8-inch by 10-feet long copper clad
steel driven rods, connection where designated in the drawings. See plans and
other paragraphs and sections for additional requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 POWER SYSTEM GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding and bonding systems in accordance with NEC, local codes and
� power company except where more stringent requirements are specified herein.
Interconnection of neutral and ground is not permitted except at service entrance
equipment. Install grounding conductors to permit shortest and most direct path
to ground. Concealed j oints shall be made by exothermic method. Grounding
and bonding fittings used shall be UL listed and be compatible with metals used
in system. Sheet metal type straps are not acceptable.
B. The grounding system shall be connected to the main disconnect switch with a
grounding electrode conductor sized as shown in the drawings.
C. Service entrance ground system shall consist of two driven electrodes (minimum)
spaced no less than six feet apart. Each driven electrode shall consist of one 5/8-
inch diameter, 10-foot long driven copperweld steel rod. Interconnect conduits
entering and leaving service entrance equipment using grounding bushings and
copper conductors. Provide required number of driven ground rods to comply
with specifications above.
D. Where metallic conduit is used for mechanical protection of a grounding
conductor, the conductor shall be securely bonded to the conduit at each end.
E. Outlet box to device strap or yoke screw connection is not sufficient. Provide an
insulated grounding jumper for receptacles. Connect jumper to grounding pole
• for device and connect to outlet box using insulated throat grounding bushing.
TBE Group Inc Secrion N Grounding, and Bonding
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16013-2 November 2004
� F. A sepaxate equipment grounding conductor, with green insulation, shall be
provided in all circuits. In all cases, locknuts and insulated throat grounding
bushings shall be used between all conduit and equipment. Ground wedges shall
be used at all boxes and equipment enclosures where required to insure proper
ground connections for the conduit system.
u
•
G. All electrical equipment, panels, starters, and fencing used to enclose electrical
equipment, etc., shall be connected to the grounding system herein described.
H. The grounding terminal of all receptacles shall be solidly connected, by means of
a green wire, to a grounding terminal in the outlet box and the insulated throat
grounding bushing.
I. All metal non-current carrying parts of electric equipment, raceways, supports,
etc., shall be grounded to meet NEC requirements.
The Contractor shall check the continuity of ground in the electrical system. This
shall include all panels, receptacles, switches, outlets and other electrically
operated devices. If continuity does not exist, the Contractor shall install
additional grounding conductor as described in these specifications and the NEC.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groua Inc Section N GroundinQ and Bonding
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16013-3 November 2004
�
�
SECTION 16051
ELECTRICAL WORK - WASTEWATER PUMPING STATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Work included in this section consists of furnishing all labor, material, equipment
and transportation and performing all operations required for electrical work in
accordance with the Specifications and Drawings and includes, but is not restricted
to the following:
1.
2
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Complete electrical wiring of all electrical systems as shown on the
Drawings and herein specified.
Furnish and install electrical distribution as shown on the Drawings and as
herein described.
Temporary service installation as required by all crafts during construction.
Electrical permits, fees, tests and guarantees.
Connection of all electrical equipment.
Submit shop drawings.
Coordination of work with the utility company and Owner.
Provide "Record" drawings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes: Any conflicts between the Drawings and Specifications or with the
regulations of local codes, public utility company, or the National Electrical Code
shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Owner for clarification. All
materials and work shall be in accordance with said codes and standards.
B. Contract Documents: The Drawings are generally diagrammatic not necessarily
showing in detail all of the minor items and it shall not be interpreted to mean that
any minor item required may be omitted. The Contractor shall make use of all the
data in all of the Contract Documents and shall verify all information at the site
which may influence his proposal.
C. Inspections: During the course of construction, the work will be reviewed by the
• Owner. The Contractor shall call for inspections by the inspector during the
TBE Group Inc Section N Electrical Work — Wastewater Pumpine Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16051-1 November 2004
normal phases of installation and, following the successful completion of the final
� inspection, furnish the Owner with a certificate of final approval.
D. Tests: The Contractor shall provide all necessary instruments and special
apparatus to conduct any test that may be required to insure the system is free of
all improper grounds and short circuits. These tests shall be conducted in the
presence of the Owner's representative prior to final acceptance.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit shop drawings covering all
electrical equipment for review within 45 days after the date of the Notice to
Proceed. No partial list will be reviewed. Shop drawings and submittal data will
be reviewed two times; thereafter, all further submittal data review time will be
charged to the Contractor at a rate of $115.00 an hour. The Contractor shall
carefully review and check all shop drawings prior to their submittal to the Owner
and his approval shall be indicated or stamped on the drawings. Six copies of
each drawing shall be submitted.
B. Record Drawings: A complete set of electrical Drawings will be given to the
Contractor to clearly mark all work as installed and all changes from the
Drawings as noted. This work must be kept up-to-date and verified by the
Owner's field representative before the payment is made. The complete marked
� set shall be delivered to the Owner before the final acceptance of the work.
•
C. Permits: All required permits and inspection certificates shall be obtained, paid
for and made available at the completion of the work.
1.04 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall submit a written guarantee to the Owner that all electrical
work and material provided under this Contract is free from defects for a period of
one year after final acceptance of the job. There will be no additional charge to
the Owner to repair or replace any such work which is found to be defective
within the guarantee period.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: All materials and equipment shall be new and shall bear the
manufacturer's name, date of manufacture, trade name and the UL label.
Equipment and materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in original
containers, suitably sheltered from the elements, but readily accessible for
inspection.
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV Electrical Work — Wastewater PumpinQ Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16051-2 November 2004
B. Conductors:
� 1. No conductor shall be smaller than No. 12 AWG unless otherwise
indicated in the drawings. All conductors shall be of copper, having a
minimum of 98 percent conductivity. Tinning shall be in accordance with
the standards of the Undervvriter's Laboratories, Inc. Conductors shall be
as manufactured by Hatfield Wire and Cable Company, or General
Electric.
2. Coding: All conductors shall be coded throughout. The same color code
for a particular phase or part of a circuit shall be run with the same
conductor through the job. Neutral shall be white and gray. A band of
tape 3/4-inches wide shall be used to color code conductors that are not
otherwise coded. These bands shall be applied wherever conductors are
accessible. Branch circuit conductor shall be color coded as designated in
Section 16005 of these specifications.
3. Insulation: All conductors in trapped or damp locations shall be Type
THW, 75°C, 600 volts insulation.
a. Conductors size No. 6 AWG and larger shall be standard, Type
THW, 75°C, 600 volts.
b. Conductors in dry locations, size No. 8 and smaller shall be type
TW, 600 volts, solid.
• C. Raceways:
•
1. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Rigid, heavy wall, threaded aluminum
conduits as manufactured by Alcoa or Kaiser Aluminum, Alloy 3xxx or
6xxx Series. Fittings for aluminum conduit shall be of aluminum or
copper-free aluminum alloy.
2. Rigid Steel Conduit: Rigid steel conduits shall be equal to Pittsburgh
Standard hot dipped galvanized conduit, Republic "Galvite", or National
"Sherarduct."
3. Plastic Coated Conduit: Rigid conduit and fittings covered with plastic
shall be equal to "Robroy" or "Korkap" plastic coated galvanized electrical
conduit.
4. PVC Conduit: Polyvinyl Chloride Schedule 40 conduit shall be equal to
that manufactured by Carlon products Corporation, 3645 Warrensville
Center Road, Cleveland, Ohio, 44122.
D. Splices: Skotchlock, OZ type XW or XLP or equal by Burndy and Penn Union.
TBE Grou� Inc. Section IV Electi-ical Work — Wastewater PumpinQ Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16051-3 November 2004
�
i
•
2.02 PUMPING STATION CONTROLS
A. General: A control panel sha11 be supplied containing all the electrical and
mechanical equipment necessary to provide for the operation of two (2) electric
submersible pumps. The panel shall be a regular type and provide a high level
alarm system and emergency power provisions which can be utilized manually in
case of main power failure.
B. Control Panel Operations:
1. The control panel shall operate two electrical submersible pumps as
specified.
2. The control function provides for the operation of the lead pump under
normal conditions. If the incoming flow exceeds the pumping capacity of
the lead pump, the second pump shall automatically start to handle this
increased flow. As the flow decreases, pumps shall be cut off at
elevations as shown on the Drawings. In the event of a malfunction or a
flow that exceed the capacity of the pumps, a high level light shall be
excited to indicate alann conditions.
C. Construction and Material:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The control panel shall be NEMA 4X, Type 316 stainless steel, dead front
construction.
All circuit breakers shall be molded case breakers.
A lightning arrestor, and a transient voltage surge suppressor shall be
provided.
The motor starters shall be as designated in the drawings with thermal
overload sensing in each phase.
5. Pump panel controls will operate in conjunction with the pump control
unit (PCL� and RTU controls. Control elements contained in the control
panel are shown in the drawings. All control wiring shall be color coded
(minimum of 18 colors) size No. 12 AWG, rated for 600 volts, 90° C,
stranded tinned copper, THHN/THWN insulated.
6. The inner aluminum door, mounted on continuous hinge, shall be
furnished for protection against exposed wiring and shall have cutouts for
access to the circuit breaker. Components mounted on the inner door shall
be as indicated on the drawings and include pump run lights, hand-off-
automatic switches, and a 20 ampere duplex receptacle.
7. On the exterior of the control panel enclosure shall be mounted an audible
alarm, alarm light and a generator receptacle.
TBE Group Inc Secrion IV Elech-ical Work — Wastewater Pumpin¢ Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16051-4 November 2004
8. An l 1x17-inch schematic and pump data sheet or approved equal shall be
� permanently affixed to the interior of the enclosure door. The data sheet
shall be extruded vinyl polymer laminate or equal.
D. Operation of the controls and equipment shall be as shown on the Drawings or as
specified elsewhere. �
2.03 PUMP CONTROL/TELEMETRY SYSTEM
A. General: A microprocessor-based pump control unit shall be an integral part of
the control panel as shown in the Drawings. The pump control unit shall be
complete with radio unit, antenna and mounting tower and shall be provided and
installed in accordance with the Drawings.
B. The pump control unit shall not only provide for pump control but shall serve as
the interface between the pumping station and a central monitoring site. The
information from the pumping station will be transmitted to the central site with
the "TCU" radio unit.
C. Details and requirements for the pump control unit, "TCU" radio, antenna, tower
and associated components are included herein, as well as, in the Drawings.
� D. Pump Control Unit: The pump control unit shall be a microprocessor-based
multi-pump controller module designed for use with the telemetry systems. As a
minimum the pump control unit (PCU) shall have the followmg features:
Local automatic control from float, bubbler, transducer, or ultrasonic
inputs. All the electronics for each type of input shall be included in the
PCU.
2. Local manual control provided by hand-off-automatic (HOA) switches.
The hand-off-automatic (HOA) switches shall be fail safe and operate in
the "off' and "hand" position without power. Hand-off-automatic (HOA)
switch alanns shall be reported back to central site computer. Alarms
shall indicate that a hand-off-automatic (HOA) switch has been left in the
"hand" or "off' position.
3. Remote control from the central site computer which shall provide
individual pump overrides and disables, station and alarm disables.
4. Triplex/Duplex/Simplex configurable. The module shall have the
capability of being configured for one, two or three pumps.
5. Pump alternation function. Alternation around non-operational pumps
shall be provided.
6. An on-board 240 VAC three phase monitor. The phase monitor shall be
� transformer-isolated and detect loss of phase, phase reversal, low phase
and high phase faults. All phase monitor adjustments shall be adjustable
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Electrical Work — Wastewater Pumpine Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�Fina1PS\TechSec.doc 16051-5 November 2004
u
�
7.
8.
9.
10.
from the keyboard. Phase voltages from phase A to B and from phase A
to C shall be transmitted to the central site computer.
The PCU shall be easily replaced by removing two industry standard
terminal connectors.
Alarm light and bell outputs capable of driving 120 VAC loads to 1 amp.
Local input for alann silence switch.
Remote alarm bell and light disable from central site computer.
11. Float alarm reporting back to central site computer when floats are
operating out of sequence. In the float mode each float position shall be
transmitted to the central computer.
12. A 16 character display to provide the operators with the elapsed runtime of
each pump, the average runtime of each pump, the flow of each pump, the
flow of the station and the time of day.
13. Pumps/motor starter/circuit breaker fault alanns that are reported back to
central site computer. The alarms shall be activated when a pump is called
to run, but fails to run, or if the pump is turned off by the PCU, but
continues to run.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Pump run status that are reported back to central site computer. Pump run
times shall be recorded with 2 second accuracy.
Configuration parameters that are adjustable through the front mounted
keypad or a RS-232 service port.
Redundancy of level sensing devices.
All inputs and outputs that are optically or magnetically isolated and surge
suppressed.
E. The Pump Control Unit shall be manufactured by Data Flow Systems, Inc. of
Melbourne, Florida; telephone number, 321-259-5009. One spare pump control
unit shall be delivered to the owner.
F. "TCU" Unit: The "TCU" Unit shall be a microprocessor controlled unit that
functions as the interface between the Pump Control Unit and the central site
equipment. The unit shall house the radio transceiver and associated electronics
to allow the Pump Control Unit to communicate with central site. The "TCU"
Radio shall mount directly to the Pump Control Unit using four captive screws.
The Pump Control Unit/"TCU" Radio assembly shall be mounted in the pumping
station control panel. As a minimum, the "TCU" radio shall have the following
features:
1
Environmentally sealed/corrosion resistant enclosure.
• 2. Conformally coated PC Board.
TBE Grouu, Inc. Section N Elec�ical Work — Wastewater Pumpine Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16051-6 November 2004
•
•
�
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11
Surge protected radio power.
On board communications and functional firmware.
Watchdog Timer.
Qn board voltage regulation and radio power supply control.
RS-232 service port.
LEDs on test mode, power, transmit data, receive data, and CPU failure.
Test mode switch for radio service.
Radio current, receiver sensitivity and operating temperature that are
monitored for system diagnostics.
Unit removable without disturbing field wiring or configuration jumpers.
The "TCU" Radio shall be manufactured by Data Flow Systems, Inc. of
Melbourne, Florida; telephone number, 321/259-5009. One spare TCU unit
shall be delivered to the owner.
G. Antenna Subsystem: A high gain directional antenna shall be used to transmit
and receive data through the Pump Control Unit/"TCU" radio. The antenna shall
be supported on a mast/pole and have DC grounding for lightning protection. The
antenna mast/pole shall be hot dipped galvanized for corrosion protection. All
mounting hardware shall be made of stainless steel. The mast shall meet or
exceed the quality and reliability of the 25G manufactured by Rohn. The coax
cable shall be the type that utilizes an inert semi-liquid compound to flood the
copper braid. The coax cable shall be of the RG-8 construction type and have the
RF loss characteristic of foam flex. The coax cable shall meet or exceed the
quality, reliability and performance of RTC 400 as supplied by Data Flow
Systems, Inc. of Melbourne, Florida. Type N connectors shall be utilized at both
ends of the coax. The Type N connectors shall be sealed with 3 inch sections of
Alpha FIT321-1-0 sealant shrink tubing. The coax cable shall be secured to the
mast/pole with E.V.A.-coated 316 stainless steel cable ties. The cable ties shall
meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of AE112 cable ties
manufactured by Band-It. The antenna shall be an all welded aluminum elements.
The antenna shall have a single radiator element connected to a type N female
connector. Element connections utilizing nuts and bolts are not acceptable. The
antennas shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of the RTA
series as provided by Data Flow Systems, Inc. of Melbourne, Florida. The
antenna/tower shall be designed to meet 100 MPH wind loading without damage.
Sealed engineering drawings shall be submitted to verify the design.
H. Surge Protection: Surge protection shall be provided for all power supply and
power monitoring circuits. The protection shall be equipped with both energy
limiting and clamping circuits with slow blow fuses designed for overload
conditions. This design shall provide a very high level of non-destructive
transient immunity. With the exception of a direct lightning strike, the device
TBE Groun, Inc. Section N Electrical Work — Wastewater Pumnin Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\TechSec.doc 16051-7 November 2004
shall protect the RTU power supply and power monitoring circuits from damage
� due to voltage transients. The unit shall provide circuit protection to withstand
multiple transients in excess of 6500 volts, 3250 amps, without damage. Damage
shall be limited to a blown fuse when exposed to larger transients. The device
shall be transient-tested to ANSI standard C62. 41. The unit shall meet or exceed
the quality, reliability and performance of the Transient Filter Shield TFS001 as
manufactured by Data Flow Systems.
I. Warranty: The system supplier shall warrant all hardware provided under this
contract against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year
and shall carry an additional two year return-to-factory warranty for damage due
to lightning and electrical surge.
Service: The supplier shall offer full factory support of the installed products
through the use of factory employees. Service representatives who are not direct
employees of the system supplier, or who are not specifically trained in the
service of radio telemetry systems are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All work shall be executed in a neat and workman-like manner by experienced
� and capable electricians so as to present a neat installation upon completion.
�
B. Electrical work shall be coordinated so as not to interfere with or delay other
construction operations.
C. Contractor shall do all necessary cutting, sleeving, excavating and backfilling for
the installation of the equipment and the patching thereafter. Rigid conduit
installed underground shall be coated with two coats of asphaltic paint.
D. Splices: All splices for conductors No. 12 through No. 6 AWC solid or stranded
shall be made with "Skotchlock" spring connectors, or the pressure wire type. For
wire sizes larger than No. 6, splices shall be made with OZ Type XW of XLP as
appropriate to the splice being insta.11ed. Equal fittings of Burndy and Penn Union
may be used. Tape shall be equal to Scotch No. 33 plastic over splice and filler
tape on splices shall be equal to "Scotchfill." All Skotchlock splices in handholes
shall be dipped in Glyptol for waterproofing.
E. The Contractor shall install all starters and control devices furnished with the
equipment provided by equipment manufacturers. This equipment shall be wired
in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved wiring
diagrams. Any Owner furnished equipment will be connected by the Contractor.
TBE Groun, Inc. Secrion IV Electrical Work — Wastewater Pum�ing Station
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\TechSec.doc 16051-8 November 2004
� F. The ends of all conduits shall be carefully reamed free from burrs after threading
and before installation. All cuts shall be made square. All joints shall be made up
tight. Care shall be taken to see that all hght and power condurt runs form a
permanent and continuous ground connection point.
�
�
G. The Contractor shall permanently and effectively ground service neutral and all
raceways, devices and utilization equipment in accordance with requirements of
National Electrical Code, and as shown or required.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Units shall be tested after installation for proper operation, grounds and
sequencing.
END OF SECTION
TBE Groun, Inc. Section N Electrical Work — Wastewater Pumpin� Station
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�F'inalPS\TechSec.doc 16051-9 November 2004
l __J
BOND NUMBER:
CONTRACT BOND
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we
principal and
whose home address is
as
(Surety)
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of:
Dollars ($ )
for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of
, 2004 , entered into between the Principal and the City of Clearwater for:
� a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Principal shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the
one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract
documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form
of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the
Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save
hannless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of
care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Principal
agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the Principal, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of
the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Principal and
Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the
said Principal would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or
indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of
• TBE Grou Inc. Contract Forms
,
1:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-1 November 2004
the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of
said contract.
� And the said Principal and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be
recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Principal or his agents or servants
or the improper performance of the said work by the Principal or his agents or servants, or the
infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as
aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the said Principal and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may
be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material fumished for the work, embraced by said
Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
� IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of , 2004 .
ATTEST:
WITNESS:
COUNTERSIGNED:
CONTRACTOR
:
SURETY
:
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
�
TBE Group, Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-2 November 2004
CONTRACT
� This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 2004 by and between
the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and
, of the City of County of
and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of
the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and
will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for
the following:
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
� contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors
and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the
City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations
as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perfortn in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S
ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN
CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS
CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM
ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR
DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT
AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S
SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM
ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR,
AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
�
TBE Groun, Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00�Specs�FinalPS\ContForms.doc CF-3 November 2004
•
CONTRACT
�2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following
requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensarion; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
� aue to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per dav for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per
da� shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) da.ys after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an
additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no fiuther payment shall be made to the Contractor
under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing
the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the
City in a form satisfactory to it.
�
TBE Group, Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-4 November 2004
�
�
�
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the. day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By:
William B. Horne, II
City Manager
Countersigned:
:
Brian J. Aungst,
Mayor-Commissioner
(Contractor must indicate whether
Corporation, Partnership, Company
or Individual.)
(The person signing shall, in his own handwriting,
sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title;
where the person is signing for a Corporation,
he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the
Corporation).
(Seal)
Attest:
Cynthia E. Goudeau,
City Clerk
Approved as to form and
legal sufficiency:
Bryan D. Ruff
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor)
By: (SEAL)
TBE Group, Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'ina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-5 November 2004
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
� (CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly swom,
deposes and says:
T'hat he is the
(TITLE)
of , a Florida Corporation, with its principal
place of business located at (herein, the
"Contractor").
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day
of , 2004, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal
corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of
� That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-
contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding
of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with
said work against the described property.
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract)
in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic`s Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me
This day of , 2004 AFFIANT
By:
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission Expires: PRESIDENT
� TBE rou Inc.
G p, Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\ContForms.doc CF-6 November 2004
�
�
l�J
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned,
Florida, in the sum of
as Principal, and
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater,
Dollars
�$ )
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to
be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of
as Principal, and
as Surety, for work specified as:
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and fiunish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved
by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue
by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this day of , 2004.
(Principal must indicate whether
corporation, partnership, company
or individual)
The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's
name, his own name and his title;
the person signing for a corporation
must, by affidavit, show his authority
to bind the corporation.
Principal
By:
Title
Surety
TBE Group, Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�'inalPS\ContForms.doc CF-% November 2004
AFFIDAVIT
� (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF )
being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
Secretary of
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
its principal office at:
Street & Number City County State
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
. (Name of Corporation)
Affiant further says that
is
(Officer's Name) (Title)
� of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for
for said corporation by virtue of
(state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of
Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption).
Sworn to before me this day of , 2004.
Affiant
Notary Public
Type/prindstamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
� TBE Grou Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinaIPS\ContForms.doc CF-g November 2004
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
� STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF )
is
being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he
of
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham:
that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly
or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
comrnunication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
• has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 2004.
Notary Public
� TBE Grou Inc.
p� Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�FinalPS\ContForms.doc CF-9 November 2004
PROPOSAL
�
� TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for Pump Station 55 rehabilitation, and doing
such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, mazked Pump
Station 55 rehabilitation — Contract Number O1-0036-UT.
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such awazd or signing shall be considered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all
the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder
is hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made
such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes
and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the
form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment,
� tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the
General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
• TBE Grou Inc.
Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-10 November 2004
PROPOSAL
�2)
� If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersi ed
�
shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City
may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this
Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be
forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check
shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be
paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check
accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as
specified herein.
Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on
Bank, for the sum of
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
�$
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's
improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman,
agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES:
Signature of Bidder:
ADDRESSES:
(The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual).
• TBE Grou Inc.
Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00�.Specs�F'inalPS\ContForms.doc CF-11 November 2004
�
•
�
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
By:
Business Address of Bidder:
City and State:
Dated at
this
Title:
day of
Zip Code
A.D., 2004
TBE Groun, Inc. Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'inalPS\ContForms.doc CF-12 November 2004
PROJECT: PUMP STATION 55 REHABILITATION
� Contract Number O1-0036-UT
•
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
(Name of Bidder)
(Signature of Officer)
(Title of Officer)
(Date)
� TBE
_ Group, Inc. Contract Forms
J.\00083\00083072.00\Specs�F'maIPS\ContForms.doc CF-13 November 2004
PROPOSAL
�
• PROJECT: PUMP STATION 55 RE
HABILITATION
��:E�1�I DE��C � �N EST. U1VIT
1�. UNir (1�'Y, PRIGE TU'i'A� ,
1 Mobilization LS 1 $ $
2 Modification to PS 55 Complete LS 1 $ $
3 Unsuitable Material Removal CY 100 $ $
4 Additional Select Fill Material CY 100 $ $
5 Miscellaneous Concrete CY 50 $ $
SUB TOTAL $ $
6 Contingency Allowance
(10% of Sub Total) LS 1 $ $
TOTAL (Items 1— 6 inclusive) $ $
�
� TBE Grou Inc.
Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-14 November 2004
CONTRACTOR:
� TOTAL BID — ITEMS 1 THROUGH 6 INCLUSIVE (IN FIGURES):
$
TOTAL BID — ITEMS 1 THROUGH 6 INCLUSIVE (IN WORDS):
and
Dollars
Cents
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS iTNIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE
IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPE1vING BIDS. THE CITY WILL
MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE LTNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF
THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS
ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
•
• TBE Grou Inc.
— A� Contract Forms
J:\00083\00083072.00\Specs�Fina1PS\ContForms.doc CF-15 November 2004